Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 186

Undergraduate

Prospectus 2018/19

www.city.ac.uk
Contents

Introduction
1 Welcome to City

Why City?
2 City, London and you
4 Business and the professions
6 Employability
8 Work placements
10 Startup City
12 Global connections
14 Investing in spaces

Life at City
16 Student life
18 International student life
20 Accommodation
22 Sport at City
24 Learning
26 Academic facilities
28 Libraries and IT services
30 Funding
32 Scholarships, bursaries and prizes
2017
34 Alumni Open Days
36 University of London

Degrees at City Friday


38 School of Arts & Social Sciences
78 Cass Business School
23rd June
94 School of Health Sciences
118 The City Law School
Saturday
126 School of Mathematics, Computer
Science & Engineering
24th June
Applying to City Saturday
16th September
164 A guide to entry requirements
166 UCAS tariff tables
168 Foundation courses at See page 174 for full details.
partner institutions
172 The next step Pictured, from left: Hazera Ali, Law
LLB (Hons), third year; Dimitri Dolor,
174 Open Days in 2017 Speech and Language Therapy BSc
176 Maps, addresses and (Hons), fourth year; Beatrice Baquiran,
transport links Business Studies BSc (Hons), second
year; Nayab Abassi, Psychology BSc
Indices (Hons), third year; Nikhil Balkissur,
180 Course index Investment and Financial Risk
Management BSc (Hons), third year.
Welcome
to City
Thank you for your interest in City, University of London. City is certainly
a special place. With skill and dedication we have, for over a century
now, used education, research and enterprise to transform the lives of our
students, our community and the world.
City is a leading global university (among the top four per cent of
universities in the world) and the only university in London to be both
committed to academic excellence and focused on business and the
professions. Ranked 18th in the UK (Guardian University Guide),
we attract around 19,000 students from more than 160 countries and
academic staff from over 75 countries.
The Complete University Guide confirms that City has the most
satisfied university students in London. Furthermore, City is
among the top 15 universities in the UK for graduate prospects
(The Times and The Sunday Times University League Table).
City, University of London is the university of the City of London.
We have strong links with the City, not least because the Lord
Mayor of London is our Rector.
We are pleased to be able to offer scholarships for academic
excellence (see page 33 for further details) and guaranteed
accommodation for all of our first year undergraduates.
City joined the University of London on 1st September 2016.
See page 37 for more details of this exciting development.
If you are interested in expanding your professional
horizons in an academically excellent environment
while studying in the heart of one of the world’s
most exciting and cosmopolitan cities, then please
find out more at www.city.ac.uk.

Professor Sir Paul Curran


President

Find out what life is like as a


student at City, University of London
by watching the video at this link:
www.city.ac.uk/why-city

www.city.ac.uk 1
38 School of Arts & Social Sciences 94 School of Health Sciences

42 Criminology BSc (Hons) 98 Adult Nursing BSc (Hons)


44 C
 riminology and Psychology 100 Child Nursing BSc (Hons)
BSc (Hons)
102 Health and Social Care BSc (Hons)
46 C
 riminology and Sociology
104 Mental Health Nursing BSc (Hons)
BSc (Hons)
106 Midwifery BSc (Hons)
48 Economics BSc (Hons)
Contents / Course Directory

108 Optometry BSc (Hons) or


50 Economics with Accounting
MOptom (Hons)
BSc (Hons)
110 Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging)
52 English BA (Hons)
BSc (Hons)
54 Financial Economics BSc (Hons)
112 Radiography (Radiotherapy
56 International Political Economy and Oncology) BSc (Hons)
BSc (Hons)
114 Speech and Language Science
58 International Politics BSc (Hons) BSc (Hons)
60 I nternational Politics and 116 Speech and Language Therapy
Sociology BSc (Hons) BSc (Hons)
62 Journalism BA (Hons)
118 The City Law School
 edia, Communication and
64 M
Sociology BSc (Hons) 122 Law LLB (Hons)
66 Music BMus (Hons) 124 Legal Practice (Online) LLB (Hons)
68 M
 usic, Sound and Technology
BSc (Hons) 126 School of Mathematics, Computer
70 Politics BSc (Hons) Science & Engineering
72 Psychology BSc (Hons) 130 Aeronautical Engineering
74 Sociology BSc (Hons) MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
76 Sociology with Psychology 134 Biomedical Engineering
BSc (Hons) MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
136 Business Computing Systems
78 Cass Business School BSc (Hons)
138 Civil Engineering
82 Accounting and Finance BSc (Hons) MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
84 Actuarial Science BSc (Hons) 140 Computer Science
Banking and International
86  MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons)
Finance BSc (Hons) 142 Computer Science with Cyber
88 Business Management courses Security MSci (Hons)
BSc (Hons) 144 Computer Science with
90 Finance BSc (Hons) Games Technology
MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons)
Investment and Financial Risk
92 
Management BSc (Hons) 146 Data Science MSci (Hons)
148 Electrical and Electronic
Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
150 Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
152 Mathematics BSc (Hons)
154 Mathematics and Finance
BSc (Hons)
156 Mathematics with Finance
and Economics BSc (Hons)
158 Mechanical Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
160 Structural Engineering
MEng (Hons)
Ranked 18th
in the UK
Guardian University Guide

1st in London
for student
satisfaction
The Complete University Guide

2nd in London
for student
experience
The Times and The Sunday Times
University League Table

3rd in London
for teaching
quality
The Times and The Sunday Times
University League Table

Pictured: Inside City, University of


London’s new main entrance, which 
opened in December 2016.
City, London
and you
Why City?

A central London location ensures that one of the


world’s most stimulating cities is your campus.

2 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


City, University of London is A degree at City gives you all of this
located at the heart of one of on your doorstep and a fantastic
platform to explore everything that
the most vibrant cities in the London has to offer. City’s location
world. An international survey at the heart of industry in this
of 200,000 people carried out bustling and dynamic city opens
by the Boston Consulting up a world rich in opportunity for
its students. Iconic workplaces are
Group and Totaljobs in 2014

City, London and you


a London speciality. To name just a
showed that London is the few: the City of London, the Bank of
most desired place to work in England, Canary Wharf, Guy’s and
the world. The English capital St Thomas’s Hospitals, the Inns of
is a truly global city, boasting Court and East London Tech City.
a wealth of jobs across a London is also an enormously
range of industries and some diverse city, with 2.8 million foreign-
of the world’s top cultural born inhabitants from 270 countries
who speak over 300 languages.
attractions. City is also ranked That’s around a third of the total
as the 53rd most international population of the city, more than
university in the world by The any other world metropolis.
Times Higher Education. From shops, cafés and restaurants
to museums, galleries and arts
venues; from leading Premier League
football teams to nightclubs; and
from cityscapes to green spaces,
London is a city for everyone.
City’s main Northampton Square
campus sits between three of London’s
most popular districts. Islington offers
tantalising dining and shopping
options, Shoreditch buzzes with
entrepreneurial creativity and lively
nightlife, while Clerkenwell is a hub
for trend-setting design and cosy bars.

www.city.ac.uk 3
Business and
the professions
Why City?

City has a strong reputation for academic


excellence and a close relationship with
business and the professions.

Pictured: Cass Business School’s


Bloomberg Dealing Room.

4 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


In 1894, the Northampton Undergraduate degrees at City have
Institute was founded to been developed by outstanding
academic staff with the input of
“promote the industrial skill, employers and leading figures in
general knowledge, health industry. Almost all of our degrees
and well-being” of young men offer the opportunity to undertake
and women from Islington. a work or clinical placement or a
period studying abroad, allowing
The Institute became ‘The City you to broaden your horizons and

Business and the professions


University’ in 1966, when it was professional network while gaining
granted a Royal Charter, but our critical skills for your future.
close links to business and the Our academic staff are engaged in
professions remain as important research that is transforming the
today as they were 123 years world in which we live. Whether
ago. Our students benefit from they are developing biomedical
these relationships both during sensors to improve survival rates
of patients in intensive care, or
their studies and when the time leading unique research into social
comes to start their careers. attitudes across Europe, you will
be educated by academic staff who
are at the forefront of their fields.

Research excellence
A key component in City’s academic
excellence is its research strength. The
December 2014 Research Excellence
Framework (REF2014) results,
which assessed research quality at
British higher education institutions
published from 2008 to 2013, were
exceptionally important for City.
In less than three years, we made
a greater improvement in research
quality, per Funding Council research
pound, than any other UK university.
This leap has taken the institution
to a position where 40 per cent of
our total academics are producing
research that is world-leading or
internationally excellent, up from
20 per cent in 2010. Some 75 per
cent of City’s REF2014 submission
was rated as being of world-
leading (4-star) or internationally
excellent (3-star) quality.

Find out more

Full details of City’s Careers Service are


described over the next six pages. To
discover further opportunities for work
placements and studying abroad, see
the course pages, starting on page 38.
To find out more about the impact of
our academics’ research, visit www.city.
ac.uk/research-publication to view our
Research Impact publication showcasing
a wide range of the REF2014-submitted
Impact Case Studies that played a key
role in City’s outstanding results.

www.city.ac.uk 5
Employability
With the support of our outstanding Careers Service,
Why City?

students enjoy excellent global employment prospects


upon graduating from City.

Pictured: Kumaran Rajendramoorthy,


Law LLB (Hons), first year; Jathusiyia
Premananth, Law LLB (Hons), third year.

6 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Every student is keen to know Experience City
they will have access to as From mentoring and work placements
much support and advice as to volunteering and networking
opportunities, Experience City is your
possible when it comes to fast track to valuable and enjoyable
finding their ideal job after activities that will enhance your cv.
university. Whether it be
Take a look through the site at:
applying for jobs and attending experience.city.ac.uk

Employability
interviews, or gaining experience
for life in the workplace, City Professional Mentoring
offers exceptional support. The This scheme offers an opportunity for
team will support you all the way students to engage with a Professional
Mentor who will support and advise
through your journey towards you towards personal and professional
securing your preferred job. development. This is a great way to
complement your studies and develop
With professionally accredited your confidence, employability and
courses and close links to professional network.
relevant industries, our students
For more information on the scheme,
enjoy very good prospects of its requirements and how to apply,
finding work when they leave. visit: www.city.ac.uk/professional-
City’s reputation for producing mentoring
highly employable graduates
is well-established and we are Industry insight panel events
ranked in the UK's top 15 for The Careers team regularly hosts
panel events, giving students the
graduate prospects by The Times opportunity to investigate the
and The Sunday Times University career options available to them.
League Table. Each event consists of a series of talks
followed by a networking reception
Specialist careers advice with employers and recent graduates,
often featuring City alumni.
The Careers Service is there to help
you evaluate your life and career
goals and plan the steps you need
CityBuddies
to take to achieve your career aims. CityBuddies matches you with a
Discuss your plans at one-to-one current student on your course (subject
career appointments and group to availability) to help you settle in
workshops from your first term. during the first months of university.
Your CityBuddy will be there to guide
Strong links with employers you around the campus, show you
all the activities that City has to offer
Major employers visit City and give you a valuable insight into
regularly through the year to studying on your course.
give presentations, attend career
fairs and run skills sessions. In For more information on CityBuddies,
addition, careers consultants and visit: www.city.ac.uk/buddy
employers frequently hold workshops
on subjects such as successful
interviews and presentation skills.

Find out more


www.city.ac.uk/careers

www.city.ac.uk 7
Work
placements
Why City?

City’s strong industry links and central London


location mean you’re perfectly situated to find
the relevant and useful work placements you
need during your time here.

Lawrencia Ampah-Darko
Adult Nursing BSc (Hons)
Third year
My work placement has provided
an opportunity to bring the
knowledge and theory parts of my
course into practice by observing
and working alongside registered
nurses in a real-life environment.
I have developed essential skills
for when I graduate.

8 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Work placements are Temporary and
increasingly important in today’s part-time work
competitive job market as Unitemps, City’s internal temping
agency, helps students and recent
they allow you to apply your graduates find part-time and
skills and knowledge to real temporary work at City and in
situations. The right placement local businesses. The popular
will strengthen your applications service includes an online portal

Work placements
for graduate jobs when you where you can register, view and
apply for vacancies. You can also
finish your studies, will enable visit the office to discuss your
you to earn money and can requirements with our team.
sometimes lead to you being
offered work with the same Student volunteering
employer when you graduate. You can boost your employment
chances by developing new skills
through volunteering with our
Graduate, internship Community Volunteering Service at
and placement opportunities www.volunteering.city.ac.uk. Recent
You can find industrial placement volunteers have worked with a broad
and internship opportunities to range of organisations, both on and
undertake while you are studying off campus. Once you’ve completed
and graduate vacancies with a placement, we will help you
City CareersHub, our specialist articulate your newly found skills
online service. All City students on your cv and during interviews.
and graduates are registered on
the site, along with more than School of Health
5,000 employers, such as the BBC, Sciences placements
Deloitte, Goldman Sachs, HSBC,
PwC and Times Newspapers. Students studying within the School
of Health Sciences are placed in
We organise career fairs and various healthcare settings and
employer presentations and most of benefit from placements at some
the companies attending these events of London’s most prestigious
recruit for placements, summer healthcare institutions and trusts.
internships or offer short-term work
experience opportunities. You can
attend our workshops on job search
tactics or take one of our practice
aptitude tests which are similar to
those some companies use in their
selection processes. You can book
to see a careers consultant and talk
through your plans, or even book a
mock interview.
For more information, visit:
www.city.ac.uk/careers

Find out more

www.city.ac.uk/careers
volunteering.city.ac.uk
www.unitemps.com

www.city.ac.uk 9
Startup City
City, University of London is located on the doorstep of
Why City?

Tech City, Europe’s largest cluster of digital and technology


startup companies. A place where creativity and imagination
meet technology: whatever your entrepreneurial passion,
City will help and encourage you every step of the way.

Stefan Metaxa
Business Studies BSc (Hons)
Third year
SportGoat is a website that lets
Agostino Trapani you find and book sports facilities
Management BSc (Hons) in London, like tennis courts and
Second year football pitches. We want to simplify
I founded TripTalk, an interactive the annoying process of booking
storytelling platform. Now launched facilities and organising games.
on both Android and iOS, TripTalk is City has helped us tremendously
growing, improving and settling in in setting up our business. We
the market. Since I joined, City has competed in the CitySpark
played an active part in growing competition which acted as a
my skill set, providing me with launchpad for all of our work to
workshops, competitions, services date. The team is so supportive and
and mentors. If I succeed, it will be has helped us countless times to
partly because of their expertise overcome difficulties and push us
and help. in the right direction.

10 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Drawing on its heritage as a The benefits of being on the Made@City
university established to doorstep of Tech City include student Made@City is an end-of-year
employability, research relationships celebration to showcase and reward
provide academic excellence and business collaboration. EC1V, the best final year student project
to business and the professions, City’s postcode, is among the top work from within City involving
City is committed to developing UK postcodes for starting a business creativity, technology and design.
the next generation of (UHY Hacker Young research). Over
3,000 new businesses were started in The event brings together students,
entrepreneurial talent within 2016, while neighbouring postcode staff and alumni from City and

Startup City
the student and graduate N1 saw over 14,000 startups launch. members of the local Tech City
community. Our unique location community to network and learn
Regardless of whether you want to more about the innovative new
enables us to offer wide-ranging start your own company, City’s focus products and technologies that City
support to enterprising students, on Enterprise Education is designed students have been working on over
during their studies and beyond. to help all students develop the the past academic year.
entrepreneurial mind-set and skills
needed to thrive in an increasingly www.city.ac.uk/made-at-city
competitive and challenging world.
Cass Entrepreneurship Fund
CityStarters The Cass Entrepreneurship Fund
The CityStarters team runs a wide is a £10 million venture capital fund,
range of extracurricular Enterprise providing growth equity to startup
Education events, programmes and and early stage companies from
activities which are free of charge across the Cass Business School
and accessible to all students and network. The Fund has financed
graduates studying at City, regardless several high-growth businesses
of their course. since inception in 2010. The Fund
and the Centre for Entrepreneurship
www.city.ac.uk/cityventures/start were established with the generous
support of Peter Cullum CBE, one of
CitySpark Cass’s most successful alumni and the
CitySpark is a ‘business design and founder of Towergate Insurance.
doing’ competition where City students
can win up to £3,000 to develop a new Peter Cullum Centre of
business idea, test it out with potential Entrepreneurship (PCCE)
customers and then make it happen. The Peter Cullum Centre of
www.city.ac.uk/cityspark Entrepreneurship is a focal point
for budding and established
City Launch Lab entrepreneurs across the Cass
network. It brings together the
City Launch Lab is a specially
skills, experiences and networks of
designed incubator space that
successful entrepreneurs, financiers
provides free desk space and
and business leaders. The Centre helps
business mentoring support for
to focus these resources on the needs
student and graduate entrepreneurs
of emerging businesses, offering a
from City, University of London.
range of short courses and ancillary
www.city.ac.uk/launchlab services to support entrepreneurs.

Start-Ed
Start-Ed is a free walk-in centre offering
assistance for small businesses and
technology startups. The service
provides advice on a range of business
and legal matters. It is run by law
students of The City Law School and
supervised by local legal professionals.

Find out more

Follow @CityStarters on Twitter, visit the


CityStarters website at www.citystarters.
co.uk or email citystarters@city.ac.uk

www.city.ac.uk 11
Global
connections
Why City?

Far-reaching connections and close ties with


institutions around the world make City a truly
international place to study.

City students pictured at Bar Kick,


in nearby Shoreditch.

12 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Our location in the heart Placements
of London, our globally Another option is for eligible
diverse community of alumni, students to undertake an overseas
work placement, which provides
students and staff and our an invaluable opportunity to gain
extensive international links employability skills.
with universities, industries
and organisations make City Financial support

Global connections
a truly global university. At time of print, Erasmus+ grants
are available for students studying
Gain a global perspective or undertaking a study exchange
or work placement in Europe.
Studying for a degree at City will prove Santander Student Exchange
to be a truly international experience, Scholarships are also available
equipping you with the knowledge, to students undertaking study in
skills and attributes to be globally certain countries outside Europe.
employable and make a positive
contribution to society. Students gain For the latest information, visit:
international perspectives through www.city.ac.uk/city-student-exchange
their on-campus experience and
there are opportunities for students to International partnerships
extend their global outlook through City, University of London has a
undertaking an overseas experience. range of international partnerships
There are various ways in which in relation to both education and
students can do this, some of which research. These relationships allow us
are specific to certain courses. to create opportunities for students to
study abroad and gain international
City Student Exchange work experience and for us to welcome
Some students have the option to visiting academics and speakers.
study a term or full academic year
at one of City’s partner institutions. World Cities World Class
City has exchange agreements with In addition, City is a member of
some of the world’s most prestigious the World Cities World Class (WC2)
universities throughout Europe University Network. WC2 was
and beyond, including Australia, founded by City in 2010 and brings
Singapore, Hong Kong, South Korea, together 11 universities in major global
the United States and Canada. Taking cities to discuss the challenges facing
part in an exchange is a great way to urban areas in the 21st century.
get even more out of your university
experience, meet like-minded people
in your field in other countries
and benefit from the expertise of
academics at our partner institutions.
For more information, visit:
www.city.ac.uk/city-student-exchange

Find out more

To find out more about life as an


international student at City, turn to page
18 or visit: www.city.ac.uk/international

www.city.ac.uk 13
Investing
in spaces
Why City?

As a leading global institution located in


the heart of London, City recognises the
central role that a modern and dynamic
physical environment plays in your
development and learning experience.

Pictured during a site visit to


City’s new main entrance during
its construction in late 2016:
Students’ Union President Yusuf
Ahmad (centre) with Vice President
(Education) Zain Ismail (left) and
Vice President (Activities) Sheikh
Hassan (right). The completed
main entrance is pictured inside
the front cover of this prospectus.

14 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


A vibrant physical environment CityBar
and high-quality academic CityBar is one of the newly opened
spaces are crucial for turning multi-functional social spaces on
campus that welcome all students
a university into a safe and who would like to spend some
efficient creative space that time with their friends and socialise.
meets the needs of all students. The bar is an attractive place to
spend time during the day and also

Investing in spaces
Since 2009, City, University at night, regularly hosting a wide
of London has worked closely range of City events.
with Islington Borough Council,
students, members of staff and CitySport
City’s impressive sports venue
local residents on an effective opened its doors in 2015. The largest
Estates Strategy. student sports facility in central
London, occupying over 3,000m2
More than £120 million has of floor space and furnished with
been dedicated to important leading-edge equipment, CitySport
structural developments on allows you to benefit from the latest
campus since 2012. These aim trends in health and well-being. The
expansion of City’s sports facilities
to enhance your motivation and has provided every student with the
learning experience and create a opportunity to join sports teams and
sense of community and place. represent City externally (see page 23).

Main Entrance and 240-seat Tait Building


Lecture Theatre Project Since 2013, City’s Tait Building,
The recent refurbishment, extension home to the School of Mathematics,
and relocation of City’s main Computer Science & Engineering,
entrance aims to impress every has seen a major reconfiguration.
visitor on their first point of arrival. This has resulted in the establishment
of a new entrance and several
By connecting Spencer Street and specialist facilities for students.
Northampton Square, the new Some of them include clinical skills
entrance allows improved access rooms and research labs.
to departments and study spaces on
campus. The reorganisation of the By July 2017, Tait Building will house
main entrance, which is used 16,000 new student-facing facilities including
times every day, enhances access and a new Students’ Union space, informal
circulation. It also provides you with learning and quiet study spaces, a
an unobstructed view of the elegant multi-faith area and a new cafeteria.
and leafy Northampton Square,
Ashby Street Optometry Clinic
which makes a real difference to the
quality of your visual experience. This facility, built in July 2015, brings
public optometry clinics, research
A key feature in the redevelopment areas and learning spaces together
of the complex is the creation of a to enable Optometry students
new 240-seat lecture theatre. to get first-hand experience.
You can also benefit from the multi-
purpose space near the entrance, While final-year students have the
designed to allow you to share ideas chance to dispense contact lenses
and attend City events. and spectacles to patients with
visual impairments on campus,
other City students and staff members
can benefit from the free sight tests
available at the facility.
The project forms part of a wider effort
to consolidate at Northampton Square
the facilities of the School of Health
Sciences which had previously been
Find out more
located across several different sites.
To find out more about City’s
improvements to its campus, visit: www.
city.ac.uk/building-the-vision/projects

www.city.ac.uk 15
Student life
With comprehensive support for students from
Life at City

day one and a vibrant social and cultural life, City


students quickly feel at home.

Pictured on Upper Street, a few


minutes from City’s campus (from
left): Monika Veleva, Law LLB
(Hons), first year; Martina Fidanova,
Management BSc (Hons), third year.
Find out what life is like as a
student at City, University of London
by watching the video at this link:
www.city.ac.uk/why-city

16 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


London is one of the most Clubs and societies Health and well-being
exciting and vibrant cities in the The Students’ Union supports social, The Student Health Service is a
academic, political and cultural nurse-led advisory service available
world and City, University of clubs and societies that reflect the to all students. We provide a daily
London is perfectly placed for diverse interests and origins of the drop-in clinic for advice with minor
enjoying all that it has to offer. City student body. It also handles the illnesses, injuries and general
representation and social activities health information. We also offer the
Ranked the top university in of City’s sports teams. From Amnesty Meningitis (MenACWY) and MMR
London for student satisfaction to Anime and musical theatre to vaccinations and help you to register
mountaineering, there is something with a doctor (GP).

Student life
(The Complete University for everyone and if your interest is
Guide) and second for student not catered for, the Students’ Union Student Counselling and
experience (The Times and The can support you to create a new club Mental Health Service
Sunday Times University League or society. Professional and confidential
counselling services are available
Table), City has a lively social Volunteering to all students. You can discuss
and cultural scene, with clubs There are numerous opportunities any issues you might have, such
and societies, sporting facilities to volunteer at City. It is a great way as relationships, loneliness, study
to help others while developing worries, sexuality and depression.
and opportunities for paid relevant skills, knowledge and We provide group and individual
employment and volunteering. experience for your future career. counselling sessions, cognitive
We also offer comprehensive behavioural therapy, workshops,
To find out more, visit: mental health advice and mentoring.
support to all our students from volunteering.city.ac.uk We also support students with
day one, with staff on hand to diagnosed mental health conditions
offer help with learning, health Widening Participation
to access reasonable adjustments,
At City we are committed to working including examination arrangements.
and well-being, accommodation with and encouraging young
and careers. people from under-represented Neurodiversity support
groups to consider and make well- (including dyslexia and other
informed decisions about higher
Students’ Union education. Every year we employ
specific learning differences)
City Students’ Union works to over 180 City students as Widening We have a dedicated team to support
improve the experience of City Participation Student Ambassadors you with specific learning differences,
students. It provides independent to engage with young people and such as dyslexia. We offer screenings
advice on academic issues through schools in the local community. and diagnostic assessments, one-to-
the Union Support Service (USS). one support, advice on funding and
It organises events and supports Eating and socialising liaison with departments across City
There is a range of places to eat and to recommend adjustments. Students
student clubs and societies, Raising
meet friends at City, including coffee should book registration appointments
And Giving (RAG) activity, student
shops and sandwich bars, the student as soon as they have enrolled to ensure
media and student-led environmental that deadlines for any examination
projects, so that you can play a full refectory and CityBar. During the
day CityBar is a great place to eat arrangements are met.
part in the City community and make
the most of your time here. or relax between lectures. In the
evening it becomes a vibrant social
Disability support
Elected student officers represent space, hosting a range of events. Our Disability Service provides a
you both at City and nationally: range of services for disabled
they ensure that your voice is Sustainability students. We offer individual support
heard on key student issues and As part of City’s commitment to and advice on how to claim funding
sustainability, we offer schemes for and make recommendations for
lobby to make sure that you have
students keen to make a positive reasonable adjustments to help your
the support you need to excel.
impact on City and the local learning, including liaison with
The Students’ Union supports community, such as Sustainability departments across City to ensure that
academic representation by Leaders and Green Dragons. These appropriate arrangements are in place.
educating and supporting student schemes enable student ideas to
course representatives. become reality through support and Academic learning support
financial investment. We help you to develop your study
To find out more about City Students’ skills so you learn more effectively
Union, visit: www.culsu.co.uk Chaplaincy and boost your performance,
The Chaplaincy and Faith Advisory including areas like critical thinking,
The Student Centre team provides support and guidance essay writing and referencing.
Even if you have not yet applied for to students and staff regardless
a place at City, our award-winning of faith and belief. Here you can
Student Centre is here to answer explore questions of faith, meaning
your questions. From practical and purpose; learn about world Find out more
help with your finances, finding religions; find out about spaces
somewhere to live and travelling for prayer and reflection and how You can find out more about
around London, to advice about your City supports your religious practice; available activities and how they
course, medical support and just speak confidentially; and take part can help develop your career on
about anything else, we can help. in public events. Experience City: experience.city.ac.uk

www.city.ac.uk 17
International
student life
Life at City

City students and staff come from around


160 countries, creating a uniquely supportive
and cosmopolitan academic community.

Pictured at Bar Kick, Shoreditch:


Frederic Kunz, Business Studies BSc
(Hons), graduated 2016; Eva Viethen,
exchange student from EBS Law
School in Wiesbaden, Germany.

18 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


We understand that choosing International Student Advisers HOST UK
a university and deciding to City’s team of International Student City is a member of HOST UK,
study outside your home country Advisers, based in the Student which offers students the unique
Centre, is on hand to provide expert cultural experience of spending
is one of the biggest decisions advice on visas and immigration a weekend with a British host
you will make. International through the decision-making and family outside London.
students form a key part of application process, as students plan
Further information can be found at:
academic and social life at City their travel to London and for the
www.hostuk.org

International student life


duration of their studies.
and we offer comprehensive
Foundation courses for
support to help you as you apply, Visa requirements overseas students
prepare to travel, arrive and excel It is essential that you prepare Students who do not meet the
in your studies here. carefully for your visa application standard admissions requirements
to come and study in the UK. for direct entry can take a
In 2016, The Times Higher The rules are very strict and your Foundation course or preparatory
Education ranked City, University visa application will be refused if route before starting their degree
you do not meet them exactly. course. For more information on
of London 53rd among the top
Foundation courses, please see
200 most international Information about applying for the course pages and Applying to
universities in the world, based a visa to study at City is available at: City section of this prospectus.
www.city.ac.uk/studentvisa
on the diversity of institutions’ Applying through UCAS
student bodies and the extent to If you need help with the application
process, have any specific questions All students applying for full-time
which their academics collaborate undergraduate courses at universities
about your situation, or would like
with international colleagues. and colleges in the UK must apply
any documents checked before you
through UCAS (Universities and
apply for your visa, you should email
International visits Colleges Admissions Service). The
our International Student Advice UCAS application deadline for UK
The International Office team team at: visaadvice@city.ac.uk and EU students is 15th January
makes frequent overseas visits 2018. The application deadline
to attend education fairs and Tier 4 (General) Student Visa for overseas students is 30th June
undertake one-to-one counselling If you have a Tier 4 (General) 2018, but we would strongly advise
with students who are interested in Student Visa, which was issued for overseas students to submit their
studying in the UK. We also have study at another university, college applications by 15th January 2018.
an extensive worldwide network or school in the UK, you will need
of representatives to help students to make a new Tier 4 application to Tuition fees
with their applications if needed. the UK Home Office using a Fees for overseas undergraduate
Confirmation of Acceptance for students vary according to the
To find out when we might be
Studies from City, before you will course you intend to study. Up-to-
visiting your country, visit:
be allowed to enrol with us. date fee information for the 2018/19
www.city.ac.uk/international
academic year will be available on
To check if you are able to City’s website. For fees purposes, we
Contact international alumni apply from within the UK, visit: classify students as either ‘home’,
City alumni and our network of alumni www.city.ac.uk/studentvisa EU or ‘overseas’. Classification is
groups stretch from Argentina to New complex and may be determined by
Zealand. If you have questions about Entry qualifications several factors including nationality
moving to London and studying at To gain a place at City, you will need and residency. City, University of
City as an international student, they to meet the institution’s general and London applies The Education
will be able to give you advice and course-specific requirements. Our (Fees and Awards) (England)
share their experiences with you. International Office is experienced Regulations 2007 and The Student
in dealing with international Fees (Qualifying Courses and Persons)
Visit our alumni page on the City (England) Regulations 2007.
website for more information on qualifications and can help you with
your nearest group at: www.city.ac.uk/ any queries you may have. For a useful summary of the
alumni/international-groups regulations, visit: www.ukcisa.org.uk
English language
courses and support Accommodation
As City’s courses are offered in We guarantee accommodation to all
English, you will need to provide proof full-time, first year undergraduate
Find out more that you are competent in English students, provided we receive your
before admission. We run full-time accommodation application before
On our website you will find the courses at INTO City (see page 169) the deadline (see overleaf).
most up-to-date information about during the summer to help students
Hall enquiries:
applying to City as an international improve their English before their
www.city.ac.uk/accommodation
student, including further guidance courses start. See the course pages
on visas and immigration. for the English language requirements Private Housing:
Visit www.city.ac.uk/international of specific courses. www.housing.london.ac.uk

www.city.ac.uk 19
Accommodation
All first year students can choose to live in one of
Life at City

City’s modern and centrally located halls of residence.

20 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Moving to a big city can seem All prospective full-time students Costs of private accommodation
intimidating, but it’s much can apply for a place in halls of Private accommodation in central
residence and we guarantee one to London can be expensive. Keep in
easier if you have arranged all first year undergraduates who mind that your heating, electricity
somewhere to live that is accept a place at City before the and hot water will probably not be
comfortable and close to other accommodation deadline. Whether included as part of your rent and you
students. At City, we offer a range you want to live in halls or privately will also have to pay a refundable
rented housing, our Student Centre’s deposit. It may be less expensive to live
of accommodation, including Accommodation team can help.

Accommodation
further away, but this will mean you
modern and newly refurbished will have travel costs.
halls of residence a short walk Halls of residence
from the main City buildings, as Living with other students provides For an idea of what you may
a great opportunity to meet new have to pay and a private housing
well as private accommodation. guide, visit: www.housing.london.
people from different courses and
backgrounds. We have self-catered ac.uk/housing-guide
halls of residence located only
a short walk from the main City Temporary accommodation
buildings. Each with a team of If you decide not to live in halls of
management staff, our halls have residence and you require temporary
private, modern study bedrooms and accommodation while you look for a
communal living spaces where you room in the private sector, the cost is
can cook, relax and feel at home. likely to be at least £70 a night.
For information on short-term
Accommodation bursaries
housing, visit: www.housing.london.
The City Undergraduate ac.uk/find-accommodation/short-
Accommodation Bursary is aimed term-housing
at UK undergraduates ordinarily
resident in England, from household University of London
incomes of up to £42,611. There will
Housing Services
be around 15 places allocated for
2018/19, each for £2,000 per year, City students have full access to the
lasting three years per student. Private Housing Advisors, Legal
Housing advice, Contract Checking
Ensuring you find a room service and various housing events
throughout the year.
We guarantee a place for first year
undergraduates in halls of residence,
Council Tax
providing they accept our offer of
a full-time course and apply for Most full-time students do not have
accommodation no later than 30th to pay Council Tax. If you are sharing
June 2018 (for courses beginning in accommodation with non-students,
September 2018). You will also need you may be expected to contribute to
to be 18 years old or above at the time the household’s Council Tax bill.
of moving into halls. The Student
Centre will then confirm your place. Special requirements
If you have any special requirements
If you are holding City as an insurance for your accommodation, please
offer and you change this to a firm contact our Student Centre for advice
acceptance before 30th June 2018, as soon as possible after you have
you must let us know so the alteration received an offer of a place at City.
can be recorded. Your application for
accommodation will not be guaranteed
until you have done so.
If you do not want a place in halls,
Find out more
the University of London Private
On our website you will find the most Housing Services can provide
up-to-date information about when information to help you find
and how to apply for halls of residence, accommodation in the private sector.
costs, different types of accommodation, Ideally you would need to view private
bursaries and special requirements. housing prior to booking it. July and
Visit www.city.ac.uk/accommodation August are the best times to find
private accommodation in London
To explore the options for for the following academic year.
accommodation in the private sector,
visit: www.housing.london.ac.uk

www.city.ac.uk 21
Sport at City
Take advantage of our high-tech new
Life at City

sports centre and the wide choice of team


and individual sports on offer.

22 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Sport plays an important CitySport There are plenty of opportunities
role at City and whether CitySport, our brand new sports to take part competitively in
centre, is the largest student sport. Many of City’s sports teams
you want to continue with a compete in either the British
sports facility in central London.
familiar sport, work out, set Fitted with the latest and most Universities & Colleges Sport (BUCS)
new goals, try something new sophisticated fitness equipment or the London Universities Sport
or join a team, City offers a across 3,000m2 of floor space, Leagues (LUSL), playing against
CitySport provides leading-edge teams from other universities
varied range of activities. on Wednesday afternoons.

Sport at City
sport and well-being facilities for
our students at competitive rates. TeamCity is keen to support City
students in their chosen sports.
With 100 stations of gym equipment
spread over two floors, including To find out more about representing
the latest consoles with tablet-style City, training sessions, venues,
screens, internet access and device fixtures and our captains’ profiles,
connectivity are available at the touch visit: www.city.ac.uk/sport
of a finger. Both gym floors are fitted
with bespoke training rigs, designed Individual sport
to allow an almost limitless choice If you have an interest in a particular
of body weight exercises – a match sport and you are not part of a team,
for any high-end gym in London. For the Sport & Leisure Services team
those who prefer group exercise, there can offer support with competition
are purpose-built studios for mind and entry, travel costs and possible
body classes, indoor studio cycling, coaching advice. You will need
martial arts and student team sports. to present any qualifications,
competition records and relevant UK
At the heart of the centre is the or international rankings, if required.
Saddlers Sports Hall, an elite,
Olympic-standard competition space CityActive
adapted to Sport England standards Taking some time away from studying
and able to accommodate basketball, is important and sport can be a great
badminton, five-a-side football, way to enhance students’ university
volleyball, cricket, netball and other experience. Getting involved in the
court sports. With bespoke seating CityActive social sports programme is
for up to 400 spectators and separate easy. You can come by yourself or with
team changing rooms, the Hall is a friends to one of the coached sessions
hub for City’s representational sports and join in with everybody else there.
teams and social sport. You do not need to have played any of
the sports before and with no weekly
TeamCity commitment you can come along to as
Being part of ‘TeamCity’ is about many or as few sessions as you wish.
much more than representing City,
University of London competitively. CityActive aims to bring students
Whether you play, coach or officiate together, helping them meet new
for one of the representative teams, friends from different courses
volunteer at events, help at practice while learning a new sport in a fun
sessions, or simply take part in our and friendly environment. To get
social sports programme, you will be involved, all you need to do is turn
part of TeamCity. up at CitySport during term time,
show them your City student ID card,
TeamCity staff are friendly and pay and play.
down-to-earth fitness professionals,
on hand to help you feel at home and,
most importantly, achieve your goals.
There is an active sporting calendar
and everyone is welcome to take
Find out more part. Play tennis or football, join
a Zumba class, represent City in
For more information about sport at competitive sport or build a new fitness
City and the impressive facilities at programme, whatever you would
CitySport, visit: www.city.ac.uk/sport like to try, TeamCity’s experienced
personnel and excellent facilities will
Register help you realise your ambitions.
To register for CitySport, visit:
www.citysport.org.uk

www.city.ac.uk 23
Learning
We are committed to providing you with an
Life at City

education that is inspiring, challenging and


relevant to the world we live in.

Pictured, from left: Aimira Imanova,


International Politics BSc (Hons),
second year; Yetty Meadows,
Speech and Language Therapy BSc
(Hons), first year; David D'Amico,
Economics BSc (Hons), second year;
Mahgul Qureshi, Psychology BSc
(Hons), first year.
Find out what life is like as a
student at City, University of London
by watching the video at this link:
www.city.ac.uk/why-city

24 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


We do everything we can to International
ensure you have a rich and varied summer schools
learning experience at City. A summer school is a short-term
study programme which provides
We deliver high quality courses, you with an experience of living
communicate effectively and and learning in another country.
listen to your views. We are Open to all undergraduate students,
committed to treating you in they last between two and eight

Learning
a professional, courteous and weeks and take place during holiday
periods. You will need to apply
helpful way and achieving equal for them independently and be
opportunities for all students. responsible for meeting all the costs,
We are ranked third in London although there are grants available
for teaching quality (The Times for those studying within Europe.
and The Sunday Times University Work placements
League Table). and internships
There is an increasing demand
Staff among employers for students to
Our academic staff include have completed a period of work
internationally renowned experts experience and many degree courses
who are involved in ground-breaking at City offer students the opportunity
research and take leading roles in to undertake a work placement as
shaping practice in government, part of their degree. Although it is
healthcare and industry. They your responsibility to find a suitable
will play a major role in your work placement, the departmental
educational experience and are Placement Officer or industry
dedicated to making sure your Placement Advisor in your School will
learning is relevant and rewarding. be able to advise you.
State-of-the-art facilities Methods of assessment
As part of our commitment to Assessment methods vary from
academic excellence, we recently course to course, with most courses
carried out a multi-million pound refit combining examinations with
of our learning spaces, library and IT written coursework, projects or group
infrastructure. Many of the changes work. Course descriptions in this
were informed by our students’ prospectus and online provide further
comments and they now enjoy the use information on assessment.
of up-to-date facilities and equipment.
Quality-assured education
Flexible approaches to learning The Quality Assurance Agency (QAA)
We provide an integrated learning has been responsible for safeguarding
experience for our students, combining the standards of learning in UK
physical and virtual learning spaces higher education and encouraging
for lectures, seminars, tutorials and continuous improvement. QAA reports
personal study. Students have access to have consistently recognised the
a breadth of online materials, tools and quality and standards of education
activities, including their own personal at City. Many of our courses are also
learning spaces and many courses are recognised by relevant professional
structured to facilitate flexible learning. bodies, providing further endorsement
of our educational standards.
Studying abroad
Many students can undertake an Share your views
international study or work placement Students have a valuable role to
as part of their courses. International play in developing courses and
exchanges and placements can shaping the learning experience,
be from three to twelve months, both for themselves and for future
dependent on the School or the students. As a result, we encourage
department’s academic requirements. our students to express their views
through surveys and the system
of course representatives. This
feedback provides invaluable
insights that help us fine tune and
improve the learning experience.

www.city.ac.uk 25
Academic
facilities
Life at City

From our Clinical Skills Centre to our broadcasting


studio, subject-specific facilities at City help you
prepare for your professional life.

Pictured at the Steinway & Sons piano


in City’s professional performance
space: Charlotte Algar, Music BMus
(Hons), graduated 2016; Vincent Ott,
Music BMus (Hons), third year.

26 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


For over 100 years, City has Journalism studios
been the university for business Students in the Department of
and the professions. Our Journalism have use of extensive
facilities, including a television
outstanding subject-specific studio, four radio studios, two radio
facilities are one result of that broadcast newsrooms, two digital
close relationship. They have been newsrooms and two television editing
designed, often in collaboration and production newsrooms. These

Academic facilities
spaces were developed in consultation
with professionals working in with experts from the BBC and
relevant sectors, to ensure that ITN and students develop their
our students have opportunities professional skills in collaboration
to develop professional skills and with academic and technical staff.
prepare for their future careers.
Music
Clinical skills and The Department of Music boasts
laboratory facilities advanced recording and composition
studios, a professional performance
Students undertaking degrees offered
space (pictured), computer
by the School of Health Sciences,
laboratories, rehearsal rooms, practice
including Nursing, Midwifery,
rooms and world music instruments.
Radiography, Optometry and Speech
and Language Therapy, begin to
prepare for their clinical placements
Law libraries
and professional lives in City’s The Law Library at City’s main
outstanding clinical skills and Northampton Square campus
laboratory facilities. Our simulated houses a comprehensive collection
hospital wards include a six-bed high of printed textbooks, journals,
dependency unit with equipment statutes, law reports, legal reference
including piped oxygen, call bells, tools and encyclopedias. The City
medicines and emergency equipment. Law School Library at Gray’s Inn
Optometry students undertake Place primarily supports students on
practical study in our Optometry professional courses. This printed
laboratories; our Radiography provision is complemented by a
students have access to City’s suite of online legal databases,
dedicated Radiography Clinical Skills which can be accessed off
Suite, with x-ray units, ultrasound and campus. A team of qualified
digital imaging facilities; and Speech law librarians, trained in legal
and Language Therapy students are research, supports undergraduate
supported by an in-house speech and students in sourcing legal materials
language therapy clinic. and researching the law.

Engineering laboratories Financial resources suite


In 2013, work began to transform the and dealing rooms
Engineering laboratory facilities as Cass Business School undergraduate
part of City’s £120 million investment students have access to a Financial
in its estate. Work on student Resources Suite which is located in
laboratory and learning spaces has the Northampton Square Library.
recently been completed, including The Suite provides a range of
the expansion of biomedical and Bloomberg, Thomson Reuters and
electrical engineering laboratories. Morningstar Direct terminals.
In addition, Cass undergraduates are
able to use facilities at our postgraduate
building on Bunhill Row. This includes
use of the Bloomberg and Thomson
Reuters dealing rooms, where
students can gain experience of the
highs and lows of simulated trading in
Find out more a non-real-time environment.

To discover more about your
course’s facilities, reserve a place
on a campus tour, find out about
Open Days or take our virtual tour,
visit: www.city.ac.uk/visitus

www.city.ac.uk 27
Libraries and
IT services
Life at City

Books, technology and dedicated staff are


available to support you as you learn.

Pictured: Shalini Nathu, Psychology


BSc (Hons), first year.

28 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


The resources and facilities Assistive technology
provided by Library Services Library Services provides a range of
will be integral to your student support for students with additional
needs. Facilities include software for
experience and academic students with visual impairments,
journey at City, University of Inspiration mind mapping and voice
London. The main Northampton recognition software. This provision
Square Library occupies five is available in specialist rooms at

Libraries and IT services


our Northampton Square Library.
floors in the University Building
and there are specialist libraries IT services
for Cass Business School and Leading-edge technologies and 24-
The City Law School. hour IT support ensure every student
benefits from excellent IT facilities.
Library facilities You will receive a Microsoft Office 365
Our innovative learning spaces offer account, giving you an email account
a mix of individual and group study for life, alongside access to a range of
areas to suit your learning needs. facilities such as video calls, online
We have over 1,500 individual study storage and the full Microsoft Office
spaces, many equipped with PC suite for the duration of your studies.
workstations, with approximately
200 spaces for group study. Group Computing labs
study rooms are equipped with Our campus-wide wireless network
audio-visual equipment to help you provision enables you to connect to
prepare presentations and share and our services from your own devices
discuss your ideas with colleagues. and our computer laboratories. With
more than 140 different desktop
Library Services offer extensive applications, you will have wide
opening hours with our main access to the software that you require
Northampton Square Library open for your studies. Some laboratories
until midnight on weekdays and until are open 24 hours a day and you can
10pm at weekends during term time. use City’s website to find available
Library Services provides a machines at any time of day.
comprehensive range of resources
in digital and print to support University of London facilities
your learning and enhance your City’s membership of the University
employability. You will be able to find of London gives students access to
most of our electronic books, journals a range of other libraries, including
and databases 24/7 on your own Senate House Library which offers
mobile device or home computer. additional online resources.
Our dynamic library collections are
shaped by student demand. Your
subject librarian is dedicated to
supporting you throughout your course
by directing you towards the resources
to complete your assignments
and prepare for examinations.
Specialist support is available
through our enquiry points, online
chat service, one-to-one tutorials and
workshops to help you locate, access
and use the resources you need.

Find out more

To find out more about our library


facilities, visit: www.city.ac.uk/library
For information about technology and IT
provision, visit: www.city.ac.uk/is

www.city.ac.uk 29
Funding
A dedicated team within our Student Centre
Life at City

can provide guidance on financial support


and money management.

Pictured (left): Arian


Mohammadzadeh, Civil Engineering
BEng (Hons), second year.

30 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


There are many ways of funding Tuition fees Part-time students
your time at university. Make sure City, University of London’s tuition Loans for tuition fees are available
you find out about bursaries, fee is currently £9,250 a year for all to eligible part-time undergraduate
UK and EU students (2017/18), though students who complete their course
loans and other support to this figure is subject to change. If in no more than four times the
which you may be entitled. You you are eligible, you will not have amount of time it would take to do
will find more information on to pay in advance for your tuition it full-time. Part-time students are
our website and also on the fees as the cost can be covered by a not eligible for maintenance loans.

Funding
loan. Otherwise tuition fees are paid
government’s Student Finance directly to City in two instalments, at EU students
website*. Financial support and registration and the following January. If you are a student from the EU you
money management advice is are normally entitled to a tuition
Please check our website regularly
available through our award- for updated information on our tuition fee loan only. In some cases, if you
winning Student Centre. Staff fees at: www.city.ac.uk have been resident in the UK for
will advise you about budgeting, more than five years for non-study
Maintenance loan purposes, you may be entitled to
including your accommodation, assistance with your living costs.
food, utility bills, travel, clothes Eligible students can apply for a
maintenance loan of up to £11,002*,
and course materials. dependent on your personal
Students with dependants
circumstances. You can apply for Students with child or adult
student finance online. The application dependants may be eligible for
process will assess your eligibility for an Adult Dependants’ Grant,
loans and special allowances. Parents’ Learning Allowance and/
or Childcare Grant. You can find
Repaying tuition fee and more information about these and
maintenance loans other potential sources of funding
on the Student Finance website*.
Once you have graduated and are
earning above £21,000 a year*, Students with a disability
you will start to repay your loans
at affordable rates based on your If you have a disability, mental
salary. Although EU rates may health condition or specific learning
vary, the current repayment rate difference such as dyslexia, you
in the UK is nine per cent of any may be entitled to further support
amount over £21,000 that you to help you cover additional costs
earn per annum. So, if your salary associated with your studies, through
is £25,000, you will repay nine the Disabled Students’ Allowances
per cent of £4,000. Your employer (DSAs). The assessment is based
will deduct these repayments on your needs and not related to
from your monthly earnings. household income. Full-time and part-
time students are eligible to apply.
Hardship funds
Support for care leavers
The City, University of London
Hardship Fund provides assistance We provide an excellent support
for fully enrolled students who are service for care leavers and have a
experiencing hardship or who face dedicated contact within City. The
an unexpected financial emergency financial support available includes
during their studies. Priority is given up to £2,500 from the care leavers’
to students with a disability and/or bursary per year for a maximum of
children, care leavers and those in three years, up to £2,000 from the
their final year. Emergency Summer Fund and a
Graduation Package. Care leavers may
Second degree students be eligible for more than one award.
If you already hold a Bachelor’s For further information on what
degree, you will not normally be support is available please visit:
eligible for student finance for www.city.ac.uk/care-leavers
a second Bachelor’s degree, but
Find out more you could explore alternative
funding through a Professional
At www.city.ac.uk/ug-funding you and Career Development Loan.
will find information and resources to
help you plan for your time at City.
*See www.gov.uk/student-finance for
up-to-date information and advice.

www.city.ac.uk 31
Scholarships,
bursaries
Life at City

and prizes
Awards are available for City students
to help with the cost of living and tuition.

Ellen Ormerod
Journalism BA (Hons)
Third year
My scholarship has been a huge
help, especially as living in London
can be quite expensive at times.
I’ve been able to use the money to
take short courses in areas I’m really
passionate about, in order to further
my career prospects and enhance my
cv. In my first year I was able to take
an art direction and styling course,
which complements my degree
and has provided me with an extra
qualification to add to my skill set.

32 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Going to university is a big City, University of London
decision and at City we have an means-tested awards
experienced Financial Support City offers numerous means-tested
awards designed to help students
team to offer advice on student cover their living costs; this includes
finance. We also have a broad accommodation bursaries, care
range of scholarships, bursaries leavers’ bursaries and mature student
and prizes available for UK bursaries. Awards range in value from

Scholarships, bursaries and prizes


and EU students. Scholarships £800 to £2,000 per academic year.
and prizes are awarded City Future Fund Bursaries
for exceptional academic These bursaries are funded by
achievement and bursaries the generous donations from City
are available for students from alumni and friends and provide
low-income households. The up to £2,000 per academic year.
New full-time students from low
amount of money per award household income groups, who
ranges from £100 to £3,000 have achieved a minimum of ABB
and further information about in their ‘A’ Levels or equivalent UK
eligibility and how to apply qualifications, are eligible to apply.
can be found on our website.
City, University of London
Scholarships for Academic Prize Scheme
academic excellence Second year undergraduates
who excel in their studies may
At City, University of London, we
be considered for prizes, worth
believe exceptional academic
between £100 and £2,000.
performance should be recognised
and rewarded. Full-time students
Awards from Cass
may be eligible and should refer
to our website for full details of Business School
all available scholarships. Cass Business School offers
scholarships to new full-time
The Worshipful Company international students, awarded
of Needlemakers Award on the basis of academic merit.
This scholarship is worth £1,000 for
one year and is open to new full-time
UK students.

The Worshipful Company


of Dyers Bursary
This scholarship offers £1,000 per
academic year. New full-time
UK students in financial need are
eligible to apply.

Find out more

Please note that this information on


scholarships, bursaries and prizes is
correct at the time of going to press. For
updates and more information, please
visit: www.city.ac.uk/scholarships

www.city.ac.uk 33
Alumni
Your time at City does not end with graduation.
Life at City

Our Alumni Network provides opportunities for


you to stay in touch, build professional contacts
and support future generations of students.

34 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


At City, we are fortunate to have Here are some of the ways that
an active alumni community current students at City can meet
and learn from our alumni:
of former students who continue
to be involved with the institution Insight into
and are willing to give their Industry scheme
time, share their knowledge and This scheme offers proactive students
support our students. the opportunity to meet and shadow

Alumni
professionals working in the profession
With their help, current students or industry they are hoping to enter,
gain a taste of the world of allowing them to gain valuable first-
hand experience. Alumni and other
work, greater understanding professional contributors visit City and
of how a particular industry give short talks to groups of students
works and confidence for life about their career paths.
beyond university. Once you
graduate, you’ll join City’s Professional Mentoring
This scheme matches enthusiastic
Alumni Network, alongside applicants (second and third
some of our well-known alumni, year undergraduates and taught
including Sir Stelios Haji- postgraduates) with professionals
Ioannou, Director of EasyGroup who can give them tailored advice
plc, Professor Dame Wendy and support. This in turn helps them
develop the skills and confidence
Hall, one of the most influential needed to compete in today’s
women in UK IT and Sophie competitive employment market.
Raworth, BBC News anchor. In 2015/16, nearly 400 relationships
between City students and mentors
were established.
For more information on the
scheme, its requirements and
how to apply, visit: www.city.ac.uk/
professional-mentoring

International Ambassadors
At City there are a growing number of
international alumni ambassadors and
groups worldwide. Currently based
in over 20 countries, you’ll be able to
attend City events and stay connected
even after you return home.

Join alumni on social media

City:
Facebook: www.facebook.com/CityAlumni
Twitter: @cityalumni
LinkedIn: www.city.ac.uk/alumni/
city-alumni-on-social-media
Cass:
Facebook: www.facebook.com/
cassbusinessschoolalumni
Twitter: @cass_alumni
LinkedIn: community.city.ac.uk/cass/
linkedin-directory

Find out more

www.city.ac.uk/alumni

www.city.ac.uk 35
University of
London
Life at City

City has now joined the University of London,


becoming one of its self-governing member
institutions in September 2016.

Senate House Library, the central


library for the University of London.

36 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


The University of London How does UoL membership
(UoL) was founded by Royal benefit City’s students?
Charter in 1836 and is one of City continues to recruit, register
and be responsible for its students.
the oldest, largest and most Students of City also become
diverse universities in the UK. members of the UoL, which offers
It is a collegiate university several benefits.
currently consisting of 18 self- Students are able to access UoL

University of London
governing member institutions library resources and are entitled to
and nine other smaller membership of ‘Student Central’ (the
specialist research institutes. former University of London Union).

City joined the University of UoL membership means


opportunities for greater social
London on 1st September 2016. interaction, extension of the student
This landmark in City’s history community, access to additional
presents many benefits and libraries, accommodation options
opportunities for our students. and sports facilities and teams.
City continues to set its entrance
criteria and examinations,
award its own degrees and offer
independent services to students.
It remains a chartered institution,
autonomous and self-governing,
with its own Council, Senate,
Students’ Union and other bodies.

Professor Sir Paul Curran, President


of City, University of London,
said: “Joining the University of
London marks a significant new
chapter in City’s history. It is a major
opportunity and a signal of how far
we have come as an institution. We
will retain our historic strengths,
professional credibility and deep-
rooted City of London heritage while
we strengthen our international
profile and expand our research and
education capabilities.”

Find out more

www.city.ac.uk/university-of-london

www.city.ac.uk 37
School of
Arts & Social
School of Arts & Social Sciences

Sciences
The School of Arts & Social Sciences has a world class reputation
for dynamic, inspiring and rigorous undergraduate education.
Academic staff at the School are highly regarded in their fields
and the research they undertake regularly informs academic debate
and policy at regional, national and international levels.

38 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Degrees offered

42 Criminology BSc (Hons)


44 C
 riminology and Psychology
BSc (Hons)
46 C
 riminology and Sociology
BSc (Hons)
48 Economics BSc (Hons)
Economics with Accounting
50 
BSc (Hons)
52 English BA (Hons)
54 Financial Economics BSc (Hons)
56 I nternational Political Economy
BSc (Hons)
58 International Politics BSc (Hons)
International Politics and
60 
Sociology BSc (Hons)
Mona Chanan
Media, Communications and 62 Journalism BA (Hons)
Sociology BSc (Hons) Media, Communication and
64 
First year Sociology BSc (Hons)
I chose to study Media, 66 Music BMus (Hons)
Communications and Sociology at
City as it was the only university that Music, Sound and Technology
68 
BSc (Hons)
combined the two subjects into one
undergraduate degree. The course 70 Politics BSc (Hons)
was highly recommended to me as 72 Psychology BSc (Hons)
it gives you the flexibility to go into
many different fields. I also chose 74 Sociology BSc (Hons)
City because of the location; living in 76 Sociology with Psychology
central London gives you the chance BSc (Hons)
to explore the culture of city life and
also gain valuable work experience
through internships, which can help
with your long-term career goals.

www.city.ac.uk 39
A community of The School offers undergraduate
students from all over degrees in the following areas:
Economics; English; International
the world creates a Politics; Politics; Journalism; Music;
Psychology and Sociology (including
stimulating and vibrant Media and Criminology). This diverse
range of degrees, combined with a
environment for study. community of students from all
over the world, creates a stimulating
School of Arts & Social Sciences

and vibrant environment for study.


Many students at the School are
involved in student media, including
television and radio programmes and
a monthly magazine.

Preparing for the future


City’s central London location means
that students enjoy easy access to
the industries and professions they
hope to enter upon graduation.
Economics students, for example,
have undertaken work placements at
Goldman Sachs and HM Treasury. An
outstanding Careers Service, industrial
connections, practice-based learning,
placements, volunteering opportunities
and a mentoring scheme all help
students prepare for their professional
lives and graduates of the School enjoy
excellent employment prospects.

Research excellence at the


School of Arts & Social Sciences
Academic staff at the School are
engaged in diverse fields of research
and their work shapes scholarly
debate, informs understanding of
the world and influences policy and
practice at national and international
levels. The Department of Psychology,
for example, combines research
with clinical practice, resulting
in world-leading scholarship on:
autism, cognitive neuroscience,
human memory and behavioural
economics. The department also
engages in practice-based research
on occupational, health and
counselling psychology.
Camille Cabagui
Journalism BA (Hons)
First year Find out more
The information on these pages is correct
I chose City first and foremost at time of publication (February 2017).
because of the excellent reputation However, this prospectus only provides
of the Journalism course and the an overview of the content and structure
outstanding facilities. I thought that of our courses. Certain details are subject
the central London location was to change and students should refer to
perfect as there really is no better our website for a full list of the courses
place to study journalism than on offer at the School of Arts & Social
where all the major media outlets Sciences and the most current and
are based. I would like to work in comprehensive information about any
fashion and lifestyle journalism courses they are interested in.
and my dream job would be at
www.city.ac.uk/arts-social-sciences
either Vogue or Harper’s Bazaar.

40 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


In International Politics, academic Economics: Economics is the study Journalism: Journalism is concerned
staff have been invited to inform of production, distribution and with the clear communication of
parliamentary committees about consumption. Microeconomics information and ideas. This course
topics including the Middle East investigates the behaviour of provides students with a firm grasp
peace process and global tax individual agents in specific markets, of a wide range of multimedia
avoidance. Economics research while macroeconomics studies the platforms. These technologies,
is structured around six main consequences of that behaviour for the both old and new, affect how
research groups: behavioural, economy as a whole. Undergraduate stories are identified, researched
competition and regulatory policy, degrees typically involve a series and presented. Students develop

Introduction
health, migration, financial and of core theory modules and the enduring journalistic attributes,
macroeconomics. The Department opportunity to specialise in areas including a critical understanding
of Sociology is responsible for the such as industrial, financial, health, of historical background, analytical
European Social Survey, which labour and monetary economics. ability and intellectual curiosity,
measures attitudes, beliefs and inherent in a university education.
behaviour in more than 30 nations. English: English as a BA subject
Arts students learn from academics covers a broad curriculum Music: Music is a huge, fascinating
who have had distinguished encompassing English literature, and complex phenomenon, so its
careers in their professions, English language and creative study engages with many different
whether as television producers writing. Students encounter and aspects of today’s multicultural and
at the BBC, globally acclaimed analyse literary texts reflecting technological society: performance,
music composers and performers, different historical and cultural music history, world music studies,
or record producers and festival contexts while developing the music in popular culture, music
managers, while also conducting language skills needed to generate technology and composition. All
world-leading research in journalism, multiple forms of writing. They also this requires the development of
music and the cultural sector. explore the creative, professional knowledge, intellect, practical and
and digital practices which rely on theoretical skills and imagination,
The School’s results in the excellence in English in spoken, whether students wish to specialise in
Research Excellence Framework written and multimodal forms. one field or to diversify across several.
(REF) 2014 showed a substantial
rise in the proportion of world- Politics and International Psychology: Psychology is
leading (4-star) or internationally Politics: The study of issues such as the understanding of human
excellent (3-star) research impact poverty, terrorism, conflict, human behaviour through the scientific
across a range of subjects. rights, the environment, economic study of the mind and brain:
development, markets and states what stimulates us, how we learn
The next step and political systems in different to perceive and understand the
countries and regions of the world world, how we interact, how we
Choosing an undergraduate degree is
makes joining this department a very behave and misbehave and how
one of the most important decisions
exciting prospect. Graduate skills are we can sometimes make mistakes.
a student will make. The pages that
of direct relevance to a wide range Successful graduates possess
follow provide detailed information
of professions, including: teaching, strong quantitative, analytical and
on each of the degrees offered,
research, government or Civil Service, independent thinking skills and take
including overviews of course
media, journalism, non-governmental a critical, evidence-based approach
structures, entry requirements and
organisations and global finance. to theories and common-sense ideas.
career opportunities. Here is a short
overview of what to expect from Sociology: Sociology is concerned
undergraduate study in the various with understanding societies and the
fields of expertise of the School: social forces that shape human lives:
how individuals participate in social
Criminology: Criminology is
groups, how those groups interact
concerned with understanding
with each other and how participation
all aspects of crime, crime control
and interaction affect their members.
and criminal justice, including:
Studying Sociology at degree level
the nature and extent of crime in
requires the development of strong
society; its causes, consequences and
quantitative and qualitative analysis,
possible solutions; the prevalence
writing and communication skills.
and distribution of crime victims
and offenders across social groups;
the workings and effectiveness
of the criminal justice system;
how crime policy is developed
and evaluated; and future trends
in crime and crime control.

www.city.ac.uk 41
Criminology
BSc (Hons)

The BSc (Hons) Criminology explores the


School of Arts & Social Sciences

complex and interconnected issues of crime,


criminal behaviour and criminal justice.

The course draws on the expertise Year three


UCAS code of academics experienced in Year three modules allow students
4T82 investigating crime, policing, victims, to study current issues that draw
media representations of crime, youth upon the research excellence of
Duration crime and much more. The course our department. The availability
3 years or 4 years with a work considers how crime is defined, how of modules is subject to some
placement option or study abroad. criminality, victimisation and crime change in line with changing
control relate to social issues such staff research profiles.
Entry requirements
as class, gender, ethnicity, politics
Typical requirements:
and the economy and why crime Year three core modules
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. and justice have become defining currently include:
issues for contemporary society. — Criminology dissertation
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically
This innovative and professionally — Policing
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ).
oriented degree is designed and — Youth crime.
— BTEC: DDM. delivered by academics who are The Department of Sociology,
— E xtended Project Qualification internationally acknowledged as which houses Criminology, offers
(EPQ): We welcome applications leading academics in their field. many electives in relation to our
that include the EPQ. Where A particular strength of the BSc research specialisms and we also
relevant, this may be included in (Hons) Criminology is that the degree have links with other departments
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level is part of the City Q-Step Centre, across the social sciences, allowing
offer reduced by one grade. a centre of excellence devoted students to opt in to their modules
to developing undergraduate as some of their electives. Topics
— IB: 32 points. include: media and culture, celebrity
social scientists’ data literacy
In addition, the following is required: and quantitative methods skills. and society, gender, security, work,
politics and power, psychology,
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ religion and race. This leaves students
grade C in English and Mathematics. Course structure
with a wide range of elective modules,
Year one
helping them specialise in a particular
English language requirements Core modules include:
area of criminology.
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Criminology
of 6.0 in each component. — Criminal justice
— Research@CitySociology
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
— Lies, damned lies and statistics
minimum of 50 in each component.
— Producing social data
Other courses you may like — Researching society.
— Criminology and Sociology Year two
BSc (Hons) Core modules include:
— Media, Communication and — Violence
Sociology BSc (Hons) — Key issues in criminology
— Sociology BSc (Hons) — Penology
— Sociology with Psychology — Doing sociology:
BSc (Hons). quantitative methods
— Gender, crime and justice.

42 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Criminology BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work
Supported by
placements and study abroad
City Q-Step Centre
Students on the course have the
City Q-Step Centre is one of fifteen
opportunity to undertake a work
Q-Step Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a
placement between the second and
prestigious and innovative programme.
third years. Students may study for
It is designed to develop students’
between one and three terms at a
research techniques and employability
partner institution in Europe through
by enhancing education in quantitative
the British Council Erasmus scheme.
data analysis, ranging from data literacy
to advanced skills.
Career opportunities
This course enables students to As part of City Q-Step Centre all
develop the methodological expertise students on the Criminology course
to analyse crime and justice data have the opportunity to apply to
and the analytical capability to a specialist pathway: BSc (Hons)
identify and engage with key criminal Criminology with Quantitative
justice policy debates. Students Methods (subject to approval) at the
develop specific skills relevant end of their first year. Students on the
to several professions concerned pathway undertake a data placement
with criminal justice and crime in their second year of study.
reduction, including the police,
prisons, offender management,
youth justice and community safety.
A particular strength of the BSc (Hons)
Criminology is that the degree has a
wide choice of elective modules which
increase employability in a range of
fields upon graduation.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/scri

www.city.ac.uk 43
Criminology and Psychology
BSc (Hons)

This interdisciplinary degree is BPS


School of Arts & Social Sciences

accredited and provides a solid foundation


in both psychology and criminology.

This BSc (Hons) in Criminology and Course structure


UCAS code Psychology is offered within two
L3C8 Year one
strong, research-based departments. The first year introduces the main
Duration Led by psychologists in the areas of psychology: cognition,
3 years. With the following optional Department of Psychology, students development, biology and the history
routes: 4 years with a work placement receive in-depth education on a broad of psychological theories, as well
year or study abroad year, to be range of topics within the discipline of as key theories and concepts of
undertaken between years two and psychology, including the application criminology and criminal justice. In
three of the course. of psychological knowledge in a range addition, a specialist module focuses
of professional areas. on the education and skills needed
Entry requirements to pursue a degree and a career as a
Typical requirements: Alongside foundations in psychology,
criminological subjects are led by professional psychologist.
— ‘A’ Level: AAB. criminologists in the Department Core modules include:
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points (typically of Sociology. Across a range of — Biological approaches to mind
AAB or ABB with a relevant EPQ). modules students explore theoretical and behaviour
and applied approaches to the — Cognitive approaches to mind
— BTEC: DDM.
understanding of crime, explanations and behaviour
— E xtended Project Qualification of criminal behaviour and issues in — History and theory of psychology
(EPQ): We welcome applications contemporary criminal justice. — Lifespan psychology
that include the EPQ. Where — Research design and analysis
relevant, this may be included in A wide range of transferable skills,
including a solid education in research (laboratory methods)
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level — Research design and analysis
offer reduced by one grade. methodology, are incorporated
into the course to further enhance (quantitative methods)
— IB: 33 points. employment prospects. — Criminology
— Criminal justice.
In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 6/ Year two
grade B in English and Mathematics. The second year advances knowledge
of core psychology subjects to meet the
English language requirements requirements for British Psychological
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum Society (BPS) accreditations and
of 6.0 in each component. deepens understanding of key topics
Cambridge ESOL: CPE grade C or above. in criminology.

PTE Academic: 58 overall with a Core modules include:


minimum of 50 in each component. — Biological psychology
— Cognitive psychology 1
Other courses you may like — Cognitive psychology 2
— Psychology BSc (Hons) — Developmental psychology
— Criminology BSc (Hons) — Personality and differential
— Criminology and Sociology psychology
BSc (Hons) — Research methods in psychology
— Sociology with Psychology — Social psychology
BSc (Hons). — Key issues in criminology.

44 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Criminology and Psychology BSc (Hons)
Year three Career opportunities
Final year students conduct their The interdisciplinary nature of this
own empirical research project Criminology and Psychology degree
and select six modules from a range gives graduates a well-rounded
of elective modules led by expert profile and uniquely qualifies them
academic staff and practitioners. for employment in psychologist roles
Elective modules include: within criminal justice institutions
— Applied psychology in (e.g. the Home Office, Ministry of
clinical practice Justice, police forces) and third sector
— Introduction to counselling organisations that work with victims
psychology or offenders. The solid methodological
— Judgment and decision-making education acquired through this
— Memory and the law degree is highly desirable for research
— Psychological illnesses, brain and policy-making roles within
damage and dreams criminal justice organisations and the
— Social perception third sector, as well as think tanks and
— Topics in cognitive neuroscience research organisations working on the
— Forensic psychology topics of crime and criminal justice.
— Policing Furthermore, this BPS-accredited
— Crime and media. degree gives a graduate basis for
Opportunities for work chartered membership required to
become a charted psychologist in any
placements and study abroad field of psychology including, but not
Students can spend four years limited to, criminal psychology.
completing their degree by
undertaking a work placement Accreditation
between completing years two and
British Psychological Society
three. The degree awarded is a BSc
accreditation leads to a Graduate
Criminology and Psychology with
Basis for Registration of the BPS (GBR)
Integrated Professional Training.
if graduates obtain at least a lower
Students can also spend four years
second class honours degree and
completing their degree by undertaking
successfully complete the psychology
a study abroad year between years two
project in the third year of their degree.
and three. The degree awarded would
be: BSc Criminology and Psychology
For the most current and
with Study Abroad.
comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/scrp

www.city.ac.uk 45
Criminology and Sociology
BSc (Hons)

This joint course considers how crime is defined, how criminality,


School of Arts & Social Sciences

victimisation and crime control relate to social issues such as class,


gender, ethnicity, politics and the economy and why crime and justice
have become defining issues for contemporary society.

The BSc (Hons) Criminology and Year two


UCAS code Sociology also includes analysis Core modules include:
L390 of society and our roles within it. It — Violence
examines institutions, organisations — Penology
Duration and power and is concerned with — Doing sociology:
3 years or 4 years with a work the ways in which social relations quantitative methods.
placement option or study abroad. between people emerge, are sustained
and change. Students have the Students must then choose at least
Entry requirements
opportunity to study topics that two core elective modules from:
Typical requirements:
include family life, identity, work, — Understanding social change
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. race, class, migration, gender, popular — Sociology of race and racism
culture, urban living, food, media and — Culture and society
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically
the virtual world. — Contemporary social theory.
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ).
The course develops students’ Year three
— BTEC: DDM. Year three modules allow students to
appreciation of the complex interplay
— E xtended Project Qualification between local and global forces and study current issues that draw upon the
(EPQ): We welcome applications their relationship to social processes, research excellence of our department.
that include the EPQ. Where with particular reference to life in the The availability of modules is
relevant, this may be included in 21st century metropolis of London. subject to some change in line with
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level changing staff research profiles. Year
offer reduced by one grade. This innovative degree is designed three modules currently include:
and delivered by academics whose
— IB: 32 points. research is recognised as world- Core module:
leading in the field. Research informs — Sociology dissertation.
In addition, the following is required:
its content and students develop the Core elective modules:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C skills to conduct their own research
in English and Mathematics. — Youth crime
into crime and society, accompanied — Criminal behaviour
by a range of other transferable skills. — Policing.
English language requirements
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum A particular strength of the BSc The Department of Sociology, which
of 6.0 in each component. (Hons) Criminology and Sociology houses Criminology, offers many
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a is that the degree is part of the City electives in relation to our research
minimum of 50 in each component. Q-Step Centre, a centre of excellence specialisms and we also have links
devoted to developing the data literacy with other departments across the
Other courses you may like and quantitative methods skills of social sciences, allowing students
undergraduate social scientists. to opt in to their modules as some
— Criminology BSc (Hons)
— Media, Communication and of their electives. These include:
Sociology BSc (Hons)
Course structure media and culture, celebrity and
— Sociology BSc (Hons) Year one society, gender, security, work,
— Sociology with Psychology Core modules include: politics and power, psychology,
BSc (Hons). — Criminology religion and race. This leaves
— Criminal justice students with a wide range of elective
— Research@CitySociology modules, helping them specialise
— Researching society in a particular area of sociology.
— Classical social theory
— Lies, damned lies and statistics
— Producing social data.

46 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Criminology and Sociology BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work
Supported by
placements and study abroad City Q-Step Centre
Students may study for between City Q-Step Centre is one of fifteen
one and three terms at a partner Q-Step Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a
institution in Europe through the prestigious and innovative programme.
British Council Erasmus scheme. It is designed to develop students’
Students on the course have research techniques and employability
the opportunity to undertake by enhancing education in quantitative
a work placement between the data analysis, ranging from data literacy
second and third years. to advanced skills.
Career opportunities As part of City Q-Step Centre all
This course enables students to students on the Criminology and
develop the methodological expertise Sociology course have the opportunity
to analyse social data and the to apply to a specialist pathway: BSc
analytical capability to identify and (Hons) Criminology and Sociology
engage with crime and social policy with Quantitative Methods (subject to
debates. The degree’s affiliation approval) at the end of their first year.
with the City Q-Step Centre ensures Students on the pathway undertake a data
that graduates possess strong data placement in their second year of study.
literacy and quantitative methods
skills, which are highly sought
after in sectors concerned with
criminal justice and crime reduction,
including the police, prisons, offender
management, youth justice and
community safety and sectors as
diverse as government, education,
market research organisations, the
not-for-profit sector, the financial
sector and the news media.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/scrs

www.city.ac.uk 47
Economics
BSc (Hons)

This is a flexible degree that provides a range of future career and study
School of Arts & Social Sciences

choices. The structure and content of the degree have been designed to
strengthen students’ understanding of key concepts and tools in economics
and to highlight the link between theory and real-world applications.

In this BSc (Hons) Economics Course structure


UCAS code course, we break down the broader
L100 Year one
subject of economics into specific The first year lays the analytical
concepts and theories and allow and conceptual foundations of
Duration students the opportunity to study
3 years or 4 years with a work economics with examples of real-
more specialised subject areas as world applications of economics to
placement option. they advance into their final year. important fundamental problems.
Entry requirements Core modules include:
Of the three undergraduate Economics
Typical requirements: — Data analysis (two modules)
courses we offer at City, this degree
— ‘A’ Level: AAB. offers the greatest flexibility in — Introduction to macroeconomics
terms of future choices regarding — Introduction to microeconomics
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points (typically — Topics in applied macroeconomics
career and postgraduate study.
AAB or ABB with a relevant EPQ). — Topics in applied microeconomics.
— BTEC: DDD. Students develop a range of
transferable skills, disciplinary Students are enrolled in two post-
— E xtended Project Qualification knowledge and an understanding GCSE mathematics modules or in
(EPQ): We welcome applications of economics, delivered by research- two post ‘A’ Level mathematics
that include the EPQ. Where active experts in the field. modules depending on their previous
relevant, this may be included in background in mathematics.
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
offer reduced by one grade. Year two
The second year builds on these
— IB: 33 points. foundations with intermediate-
In addition, the following is required: level core modules. Students can
also see how economics is applied
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 6/ to areas of interest by choosing
grade B in English and Mathematics. from elective modules in global
financial markets, international
English language requirements trade, intermediate mathematical
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum methods and public economics.
of 6.0 in each component.
Core modules include:
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
— Intermediate macroeconomics
minimum of 50 in each component.
— Intermediate microeconomics
Other courses you may like — Introductory econometrics
— Intermediate econometrics.
— Economics with Accounting
BSc (Hons)
— Financial Economics BSc (Hons)
— International Political Economy
BSc (Hons).

48 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Economics BSc (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for work
The final year gives students placements and study abroad
the opportunity to consolidate Students can choose to undertake a
quantitative foundations and to work placement for one year between
define their fields of interest within years two and three. The degree
economics via elective modules. awarded is a BSc (Hons) Economics
Core modules include: with Integrated Professional
— Applied econometrics Training. Former students have
— Financial economics. worked at organisations including
the Department for Work and
In the third year we currently give Pensions, Goldman Sachs, HM
students 14 elective modules to Treasury and RBS Group.
choose from, to fully allow our
students to specialise in their own Students may study for one or
area of interest. These include: two terms at a partner institution
— Advanced quantitative economics in Barcelona, Cagliari, Madrid,
— Development economics Rotterdam or Toulouse through the
— Labour economics British Council Erasmus scheme.
— Company law There are also opportunities to study
— Corporate finance. abroad at partner institutions in
Boston, Istanbul and Seoul.
Assessment is usually by means
of coursework and unseen Career opportunities
examination. Coursework may Economics graduates have the
consist of standard essays, professional skills and experience
individual and group presentations, that employers demand. Recent
group reports, classwork, unseen Economics graduates from City
tests and problem sets. have gone on to further study in
economics, business, finance and
management at London School of
Economics, the School of Oriental
and African Studies (SOAS) and the
University of Cambridge. Recent
employment destinations include
Barclays Bank, Barclays Wealth
and Investment Management,
Bloomberg, Deloitte, Government
Economic Service and PwC.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website. Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/suec

www.city.ac.uk 49
Economics with Accounting
BSc (Hons)

The BSc (Hons) Economics with Accounting develops


School of Arts & Social Sciences

students’ analytical and quantitative abilities in


economics while providing them with the opportunity
to prepare for a career in accounting.

Economics with Accounting Year two


UCAS code prepares students for a career in The second year builds on these
LN14 accountancy while providing them foundations with additional core
with strong methodological and modules, as students prepare for
Duration specialisation in the final year.
conceptual foundations through
3 years or 4 years with a work
extensive study of economics.
placement option. Core modules include:
This course provides a wide variety — Financial accounting 2
Entry requirements of transferable skills that are — Intermediate macroeconomics
Typical requirements: invaluable when seeking employment. — Intermediate microeconomics
— ‘A’ Level: AAB. Modules in accountancy are — Introductory econometrics
delivered at Cass Business School. — Intermediate econometrics.
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points (typically
AAB or ABB with a relevant EPQ). Successful completion of this Year three
degree gives multiple exemptions The final year refines the knowledge
— BTEC: DDD. from professional licensing and skills developed in the
— E xtended Project Qualification examinations with several introductory and intermediate subject
(EPQ): We welcome applications prestigious accountancy bodies. areas. An accountancy background
that include the EPQ. Where can be strengthened by core modules
relevant, this may be included in Course structure covering topics related to accountancy
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level Year one and financial management, including
offer reduced by one grade. The first year lays the foundations of a module in company law. The final
both economics and accounting. year also offers a small number
— IB: 33 points. of elective economics modules
In addition, the following is required: Core modules include: so students can pursue their own
— Data analysis academic interests or prepare for a
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 6/grade B — Introduction to financial specific career or postgraduate study.
in English and Mathematics. accounting
— Introduction to management Core modules include:
English language requirements accounting — Applied econometrics
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Introduction to law — Company law
of 6.0 in each component. — Introduction to macroeconomics — Corporate finance
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a — Introduction to microeconomics. — Advanced financial accounting
minimum of 50 in each component. theory and practice
Students are enrolled in two post- — Financial management
GCSE mathematics modules or in — Management accounting
Other courses you may like
two post ‘A’ Level mathematics — Financial analysis.
— Economics BSc (Hons) modules depending on their previous
— Financial Economics BSc (Hons) background in mathematics. Elective modules include:
— International Political Economy
— Industrial organisation
BSc (Hons).
— Money and banking
— Behavioural economics
— Financial economics.
Assessment is usually by means of
coursework and unseen examination.
Coursework may consist of standard
essays, individual and group
presentations, group reports, classwork,
unseen tests and problem sets.

50 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Economics with Accounting BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work Accreditation
placements and study abroad The main professional bodies in
Students can choose to undertake a accountancy (the Association of
work placement for one year between Chartered Certified Accountants
years two and three. The degree (ACCA), the Chartered Institute of
awarded is a BSc (Hons) Economics Management Accountants (CIMA) and
with Accounting with Integrated the Institute of Chartered Accountants
Professional Training. Former in England and Wales (ICAEW)) all
students have worked at organisations accredit this course and award a
including the Department for Work range of exemptions from professional
and Pensions, Goldman Sachs, HM accountancy examinations.
Treasury and RBS Group.
For the most current and
Students may study for one or comprehensive information about
two terms at a partner institution this course, please visit our website.
in Barcelona, Cagliari, Madrid,
Rotterdam or Toulouse through the
British Council Erasmus scheme.
There are also opportunities to study
abroad at partner institutions in
Boston, Istanbul and Seoul.

Career opportunities
Graduates in Economics with
Accounting are in demand in
many professions and industries
including economic consulting,
accounting, business, banking,
telecommunications, fund
management, management
consultancy, insurance, development
consultancy, the Civil Service and
teaching. Recent destinations include
Hitachi Capital, Deloitte, KPMG LLP,
KPMG Corporate Audit, Ernst & Young,
PwC, HW Fisher & Company, Lombard
UK, Wells Fargo, MSc in Economics
at the University of Cambridge and
a PhD at the University of Kent.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/seca

www.city.ac.uk 51
English
BA (Hons)

This course equips students with an informed, critical and


School of Arts & Social Sciences

applied understanding of the many forms of literary and


professional English, which they may then choose to apply in
academic, creative and professional contexts.

The course is designed for students Course structure


UCAS code who recognise that, as well as
Q300 Year one
studying literature, the overarching In the first year, students encounter
skills and analytical practices that texts that reflect English’s rich history
Duration they master can be applied to texts
3 years. With the following optional and current practice of literary, social
of all kinds, including their own and popular forms, while beginning
route: 3 years with a replacement creative writing (fiction and non-
second year studying abroad (to be to develop their skills in critical and
fiction), sustained by an ethos that the creative writing.
selected in year one of study). literary form is contemporary and very
much alive and evolving, especially Core modules include:
Entry requirements — Fundamentals of analysis
so in the digital environment.
Typical requirements: and criticism
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (typically to include The course encourages students to: — Literature in historical context
English Literature at grade B). read widely, including literature — Reading London
related to and written about London; — Forms and performances of
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically analyse and produce narratives in creative writing
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). various forms, including in different — Developing creative and
— BTEC: DDM. media; and experience different forms professional narratives
of creative writing in performance. — The novel, authorship and creativity.
— E xtended Project Qualification
(EPQ): We welcome applications Core modules introduce and analyse Year two
that include the EPQ. Where literature in a range of forms, The second year deepens the scholarly
relevant, this may be included in including in different media; and content and allows students to focus
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level actively explore both creative writing on literary analysis, creative writing or
offer reduced by one grade. and performance. Through varied the acquisition of professional skills.
learning and assessments, which
— IB: 32 points, including Studies in include portfolios, showcases, Core modules include:
Language and Literature. projects and traditional essays, — Shakespeare: authorship, dramatic
In addition, the following is required: students engage with current texts and audiences
debates in literary scholarship — 21st century English and
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C while also developing applied skills digital writing
in English and Mathematics. in the use of English in creative, — Creative writing workshop.
professional and digital contexts.
English language requirements Elective modules include:
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum of — Contemporary genre fictions
6.0 in each component. — Romanticism
— Work placement
Other courses you may like — Web creation and design
— Journalism BA (Hons) — The representation of journalists
— Sociology BSc (Hons) and the press in film and fiction:
— Media, Communication and 1900 to present day
Sociology BSc (Hons). — News and society.

52 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


English BA (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for study abroad
In the third year, students have Study abroad may be possible on
a broad selection of optional this course at institutions with
modules, reflecting diverse which City, University of London has
scholarly and applied disciplines, an agreed partnership in place.
including journalism, publishing,
library science and translation Career opportunities
and English as a global language. City’s BA (Hons) English produces
Alongside this students complete graduates with a unique blend
one 30-credit major project module of intellectual and creative skills
(or two, with prior approval). combined with experience relating
Core modules include: to the application of the English
— Major project: dissertation language in contemporary culture.
— Major project: professional Delivered through world class,
portfolio research-informed learning, the
— Major project: creative writing. course prepares students for a
range of possible career options,
Elective modules include: including journalism, creative
— Information literacy in the writing, publishing and literary
digital society agencies, library science, digital
— Literary journalism media companies and agencies,
— Publishing in the digital age charities and English language
— Global English and English teaching or translation.
language teaching
— Intercultural studies For the most current and
— American screenwriters comprehensive information about
— Gender, sexuality and the media this course, please visit our website.
— New media: from cyberspace
to social media
— Crime and media
— Celebrity and society.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/aeng

www.city.ac.uk 53
Financial Economics
BSc (Hons)

This degree was developed to meet the need for highly


School of Arts & Social Sciences

skilled professionals combining a specific knowledge


of financial institutions and markets with the analytical
abilities of a trained economist.

The course aims to develop students’ Course structure


UCAS code analytical abilities in economics,
L111 Year one
with particular reference to The first year lays the analytical and
finance. Successful completion is a conceptual foundations of economics
Duration signal to prospective employers of
3 years or 4 years with a work with modules covering examples of the
graduates’ sound knowledge and real-world application of economics to
placement option. understanding of the macroeconomic important fundamental problems.
and microeconomic principles
Entry requirements Core modules include:
underlying various types of financial
Typical requirements: — Data analysis
markets and instruments. Students
— ‘A’ Level: AAB (including can broaden their horizons through — Introduction to macroeconomics
Mathematics at grade B or higher). placement year schemes and — Introduction to microeconomics
participating in the activities of the — Topics in applied macroeconomics
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points (typically — Topics in applied microeconomics
student-led Economics Society.
AAB or ABB with a relevant EPQ). — Post ‘A’ Level mathematics
— BTEC: DD with an ‘A’ Level In 2015, the independent National for economists.
grade B in Mathematics. Student Survey found that 100 per cent
of our Financial Economics graduates Year two
— E xtended Project Qualification were overall satisfied with their course. The second year allows students
(EPQ): We welcome applications to develop their core skills through
that include the EPQ. Where intermediate-level courses. Students
relevant, this may be included in can also begin to specialise in
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level financial topics.
offer reduced by one grade.
Core modules include:
— IB: 33 points, including 5 in Higher — Global financial markets
Level Mathematics. — Intermediate macroeconomics
In addition, the following is required: — Intermediate microeconomics
— Intermediate mathematical methods
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 6/grade B — Introductory econometrics
in English and Mathematics. — Intermediate econometrics.
English language requirements
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum of 6.0
in each component.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component.

Other courses you may like


— Economics BSc (Hons)
— Economics with Accounting
BSc (Hons)
— International Political Economy
BSc (Hons).

54 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Financial Economics BSc (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for work
The final year provides students placements and study abroad
with an opportunity to apply Students can choose to undertake
their knowledge of core tools to a work placement for one year
a supervised research project in between years two and three. The
Financial Economics. The final-year degree awarded is a BSc (Hons)
core modules examine the financial Financial Economics with Integrated
aspect of the course while the electives Professional Training. Former
allow further specialisation. students have worked at organisations
Core modules include: including the Department for Work
— Applied econometrics and Pensions, Goldman Sachs, HM
— Corporate finance Treasury and RBS Group.
— Financial economics Students may study for one or
— Introduction to financial derivatives. two terms at a partner institution
Elective modules include: in Barcelona, Cagliari, Madrid,
— Advanced quantitative economics Rotterdam or Toulouse through the
— Development economics British Council Erasmus scheme.
— Labour economics. There are also opportunities to study
abroad at partner institutions in
Assessment is usually by means of Boston, Istanbul and Seoul.
coursework and unseen examination.
Coursework may consist of standard Career opportunities
essays, individual and group Graduates in Financial Economics
presentations, group reports, classwork, are in demand in professions such
unseen tests and problem sets. as accountancy, management
consultancy, finance, banking,
insurance, the Civil Service, teaching,
central banks such as the Bank of
England and international bodies like
the World Bank and the International
Monetary Fund. Recent graduates
have also gone on to further study in
institutions including the Universities
of Cambridge and Glasgow.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/sfie

www.city.ac.uk 55
International Political Economy
BSc (Hons)

This degree investigates the disjuncture between states and markets at


School of Arts & Social Sciences

the heart of the global politico-economic system. It equips students with


analytical and professional knowledge of the key institutions, structures
and agents at play in the world economy.

The course takes advantage of a Year two


UCAS code unique cluster of first and second The purpose of the second year
4J80 generation International Political is to give students the opportunity
Economy (IPE) experts at the to develop the skills of political
Duration
Department of International Politics. economists. Students become
3 years or 4 years with a work
It draws from both the tradition of conversant in key approaches to
placement option.
interdisciplinary education in politics, economic analysis and learn to apply
economics and international relations their analysis to real-world phenomena
Entry requirements
and from the study of contemporary of politico-economic interest.
Typical requirements:
world politics in order to offer a
— ‘A’ Level: AAB. comprehensive approach to the Core modules include:
world economy and global change. — Scholarly writing
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points (typically — States and markets in an
AAB or ABB with a relevant EPQ). era of globalisation
Course structure
— BTEC: DDM. — The global economy in
From the very first week of study,
the 21st century
— E xtended Project Qualification this course introduces academic
— Economics of the real world
(EPQ): We welcome applications approaches that treat politics,
— Concepts and methods in
that include the EPQ. Where the economy and society as an
heterodox economics.
relevant, this may be included in integrated whole. Rigorous education
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level in analytical and research skills Year three
offer reduced by one grade. helps students gain a full sense During the final year of study,
of the world’s changing economic students have the opportunity to
— IB: 33 points.
and political topography. engage in independent research
In addition, the following is required: on topics of special interest. Third-
Year one
year modules and research projects
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ In their first year, students are
bring the analytical competencies
grade C in English and Mathematics introduced to the key issues in
developed in the first two years to
or Science. economics and IPE. The core
bear on a wide range of theoretical
modules cover the history of the
English language requirements and empirical issues in international
world economy, the key concepts
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum of politics and political economy.
in political economy and the
6.0 in each component. basic tools of macroeconomics Core modules include:
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a and microeconomics. — International Political
minimum of 50 in each component. Economy project.
Core modules include:
— Principles of economics 1: Elective modules for all three years are
Other courses you may like
markets and prices taken from across the department’s
— International Politics BSc (Hons) — Principles of economics 2: research specialisms: the middle east,
— International Politics and Sociology countries and systems governance, ethics, American foreign
BSc (Hons) — Introduction to political economy policy, human rights and migration.
— Politics BSc (Hons) — The making of the modern We also allow students to take electives
— Economics BSc (Hons) world economy. from other areas such as Economics
— Financial Economics BSc (Hons)
— Economics with Accounting and Sociology, allowing them to cover
BSc (Hons). areas such as: gender, food policy,
social identity and global finance.
Assessment is by coursework, unseen
examinations and a final-year project.

56 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


International Political Economy BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work
Supported by
placements City Q-Step Centre
Students can choose to undertake City Q-Step Centre is one of fifteen
a work placement for one year Q-Step Centres nationwide. Q-Step
between years two and three. The is a prestigious and innovative
degree awarded is a BSc (Hons) programme. It is designed to develop
International Political Economy with students’ research techniques and
Integrated Professional Training. employability by enhancing education
in quantitative data analysis, ranging
Career opportunities from data literacy to advanced skills.
This degree is designed to meet
increasing student demand for an
interdisciplinary course that prepares
graduates for both the public and the
private job markets. Students benefit
from City’s competitive advantage in
the area of IPE and the department’s
close links to businesses, institutions
and think tanks. Graduates are suited
to a wide range of career options, from
the global corporate sector, banking
and finance to the Civil Service,
international diplomatic corps, global
media and international organisations.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/sipe

www.city.ac.uk 57
International Politics
BSc (Hons)

The BSc (Hons) International Politics focuses on


School of Arts & Social Sciences

contemporary global issues and the role of international


organisations as policy-making structures.

Unlike traditional International Year two


UCAS code Relations degrees, the BSc (Hons) In the second year, core modules
L240 International Politics explores cover advanced theory and research
the diplomatic relations between in international politics. Elective
Duration governments and the economic, modules provide students with the
3 years or 4 years with a work social and political relations between opportunity to specialise in global
placement option. societies that are undertaken by political economy, foreign policy
companies and private groups. analysis, security studies, religion and
Entry requirements
Students also engage in theoretical transnational social movements.
Typical requirements:
debate on global politics in today’s
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. world. Graduates’ skills are of relevance Core modules include:
to all those needing to know how — Advanced theories of global politics
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically
their organisations fit into the world: — Scholarly writing for
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ).
governments and intergovernmental international politics.
— BTEC: DDM. organisations, international non- Year three
— E xtended Project Qualification governmental organisations (NGOs) The final year core requirement is
(EPQ): We welcome applications and multinational companies. a project on a topic of the student’s
that include the EPQ. Where choice, working one-to-one with their
relevant, this may be included in Course structure supervisor. Students also choose from
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level Year one a wide range of elective modules.
offer reduced by one grade. The first year introduces competing
theories and methodologies of Assessment is by coursework
— IB: 32 points. international politics and how (assessed essays and assignments),
power has transformed in the 20th unseen examinations and the final-
In addition, the following is required:
and 21st centuries. year project.
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/
grade C in English and Mathematics. Core modules include:
— Politics and power in world history
English language requirements — Emerging powers
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum of — Myths and mysteries in
6.0 in each component. world politics
— International relations theories 1
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
— Lies, damned lies and statistics
minimum of 50 in each component.
— Producing social data.
Other courses you may like
— International Political Economy
BSc (Hons)
— International Politics and Sociology
BSc (Hons)
— Politics BSc (Hons).

58 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


International Politics BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work
Supported by
placements and study abroad City Q-Step Centre
Students can choose to undertake City Q-Step Centre is one of fifteen
a work placement for one year Q-Step Centres nationwide. Q-Step
between years two and three. is a prestigious and innovative
The degree awarded is a BSc programme. It is designed to develop
(Hons) International Politics with students’ research techniques and
Integrated Professional Training. employability by enhancing education
Opportunities for study abroad are in quantitative data analysis, ranging
available. In the past, students have from data literacy to advanced skills.
studied at universities including
the University of Queensland,
Australia; Northeastern University,
United States; and Seoul National
University, South Korea.

Career opportunities
Graduates are suited to a wide
range of career options, from the
Civil Service, NGOs, journalism
and teaching to international
law, international organisations
and the corporate sector.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/sipo

www.city.ac.uk 59
International Politics
and Sociology
BSc (Hons)
This joint degree combines the main core modules from
School of Arts & Social Sciences

Sociology and International Politics. It offers a broad


understanding of both subjects with a special focus on
how the local and the global relate to each other.

This course gives students an Year two


UCAS code understanding of international The second year offers one core theory
LL23 relations, including the role of global module on international relations, an
organisations such as Amnesty extended essay, an introduction to
Duration International and the Red Cross, qualitative and quantitative methods
3 years or 4 years with a work alongside specific study of how and a range of elective modules
placement option. different societies function through provided by the Departments of
a global perspective on sociology. International Politics and Sociology.
Entry requirements
Typical requirements: The Departments of International Core modules include:
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. Politics and of Sociology at City — Advanced theories of global politics
are both supported by the City — Scholarly writing for
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically Q-Step Centre, designed to help international politics
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). students analyse the different — Quantitative analysis of
— BTEC: DDM. types of data that support new social research data
insights and policy decisions. — Contemporary social theory.
— E xtended Project Qualification
(EPQ): We welcome applications Course structure Year three
that include the EPQ. Where The final year includes a project
Year one
relevant, this may be included in on an international politics or
The first year introduces competing
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level sociology topic of the student’s
theories of international politics
offer reduced by one grade. choice. Students also select electives
and global political economy.
from a range of International
— IB: 32 points. Students also receive a wide-ranging
Politics and Sociology modules.
grounding in qualitative and
In addition, the following is required: quantitative approaches to sociology. Assessment is by coursework (assessed
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ essays and assignments), unseen
Core modules include:
grade C in English and Mathematics. examinations and a final-year project.
— Introduction to political economy
English language requirements — Myths and mysteries
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum of in world politics
6.0 in each component. — International relations theories 1
— Producing social data
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a — Lies, damned lies and statistics
minimum of 50 in each component. — Researching society: qualitative
methods
Other courses you may like — Classical social theory
— International Political Economy — Research@CitySociology.
BSc (Hons)
— International Politics BSc (Hons)
— Politics BSc (Hons)
— Sociology BSc (Hons).

60 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


International Politics and Sociology BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work
Supported by
placements and study abroad City Q-Step Centre
Students can choose to undertake
a work placement for one year City Q-Step Centre is one of fifteen
between years two and three. The Q-Step Centres nationwide. Q-Step
degree awarded is a BSc (Hons) is a prestigious and innovative
International Politics and Sociology programme. It is designed to develop
with Integrated Professional Training. students’ research techniques and
employability by enhancing education
Opportunities for study abroad are in quantitative data analysis, ranging
available. In the past, students have from data literacy to advanced skills.
studied at universities including
the University of Queensland,
Australia; Northeastern University,
United States; and Seoul National
University, South Korea.

Career opportunities
Graduates of this course are suited to
a wide range of career options, from
the Civil Service, NGOs, journalism
and teaching to international
organisations and the corporate
sector. Recent employers include
Blackwood Group, the Conservative
Party, the Department for Business,
ESA Market Research and the London
Borough of Islington.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/sips

www.city.ac.uk 61
Journalism
BA (Hons)

This degree is designed for students pursuing a career in


School of Arts & Social Sciences

journalism. It provides highly relevant education and proficiency


in print, broadcast and online journalism and relevant studies in
humanities, such as politics and the history of journalism.

City’s Department of Journalism is Course structure


UCAS code regarded as a leader in its field, with
P500 Journalism education at City has a
an unrivalled record of preparing real-world emphasis. Time is spent in
Duration graduates for the best jobs in the small workshops learning skills such
3 years or 4 years with a work sector. More than 5,000 alumni as reporting a speech, presenting a
placement option or study abroad. are working as journalists and radio news broadcast, interviewing
media professionals in the UK and and preparing page layouts on screen
Entry requirements internationally. The department enjoys and producing news and feature
Typical requirements: close links to those working in the stories. Students also spend time
media, many of whom give lectures developing online skills, using the TV
— ‘A’ Level: AAB.
and workshops. Students also benefit studio and making video packages.
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points (typically from state-of-the-art facilities including As professional work experience is
AAB or ABB with a relevant EPQ). multimedia studios and newsrooms. the key to getting a job in journalism,
— BTEC: DDD. students are supported to arrange
placements during their degree. This
— E xtended Project Qualification is complemented by academic subjects
(EPQ): We welcome applications such as history, politics and law
that include the EPQ. Where which are delivered through lectures
relevant, this may be included in
and seminars and assessed through
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
examination and essays.
offer reduced by one grade.
— IB: 35 points. Year one
Students cover the basic principles of
In addition, the following is required: journalism, the history of journalism
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ and politics and current affairs.
grade C in English and Mathematics. Core modules include:
As part of the selection process for — History of journalism
this course we will invite suitable — The British media
applicants for interview. If you are able — Introduction to reporting
to come to City in person, you will be and writing
invited to a selection day at which — Politics and current affairs
you will take a written test and an — Foreign language
interview with one of our staff. If you — Introduction to digital journalism
are outside the UK then we will try to — Introduction to audio and
arrange this over Skype or telephone. video journalism.
English language requirements
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum of
6.0 in each component.
Other courses you may like
— English BA (Hons)
— Media, Communications and
Sociology BSc (Hons).

62 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Journalism BA (Hons)
Year two Opportunities for work
Core modules include: placements and study abroad
— Multimedia production There are many opportunities to
— Writing and reportage develop skills and gain experience
— Power without responsibility. through student journalism at City.
In the second year, students can Students can also choose to spend
also choose from a wide range of their third year undertaking a
options such as visual journalism, work placement or period of work
data journalism, humanitarian experience in industry.
communication, sports journalism, The department has partnerships
political scandals and shorthand. with many international institutions
Year three and students have the opportunity to
Core modules include: spend their third year studying abroad
— Advanced practical journalism: in countries including Australia,
broadcast Canada, Hong Kong, France, Denmark
— Advanced practical journalism: and the United States.
print or online
— Journalism project (print, broadcast Career opportunities
or web) or a dissertation Recent graduates have gone on to work
— Media law and ethics. at the BBC, BBC World Service, BBC
Sport, The Sun, Metro, Associated Press,
Elective modules include: Argus Media, The Daily Express and
— International news Daily Star websites, the Cabinet Office
— Advanced photo journalism Digital Media Team, the Economist
— Reporting the environment Educational Foundation, Middle East
— Arts and culture Eye, The Stage and other websites and
— Fashion and lifestyle reporting. magazines in the UK and abroad.
Coursework includes news reports
and features in all media formats, For the most current and
presentations, portfolio content, comprehensive information about
individual and group projects and this course, please visit our website.
essays. Some modules are assessed
completely by coursework, while
others require a combination of
coursework and examination.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/ajou

www.city.ac.uk 63
Media, Communication
and Sociology
BSc (Hons)
This joint degree focuses on media and communication, which are central
School of Arts & Social Sciences

to the way our society functions. It examines key media, communication


and cultural institutions and explores the diverse ways in which all forms
of media and communication drive the global economy, shape individual
identities and define contemporary social life.
The BSc (Hons) Media, Year two
UCAS code Communication and Sociology Core modules include:
PL33 explores contemporary trends such — News and society
as media globalisation and the rise — New media challenges.
Duration of social media. It also focuses on
3 years or 4 years with a work developing an understanding of Students must then choose at least two
placement option or study abroad. society and our roles within it. It core Sociology elective modules from:
examines institutions, organisations — Contemporary social theory
Entry requirements and power and is concerned with the — Understanding social change
Typical requirements: ways social relations between people — Sociology of race and racism
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. emerge, are sustained and change. — Culture and society
Students have the opportunity to — Qualitative analysis of social
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically study topics that include family life, research data
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). identity, work, race, class, migration, — Quantitative analysis of social
— BTEC: DDM. gender, popular culture, urban living, research data.
food and criminology.
— E xtended Project Qualification The Department of Sociology offers
(EPQ): We welcome applications The course develops students’ many electives in relation to its
that include the EPQ. Where appreciation of the complex interplay research specialisms and it also
relevant, this may be included in between local and global forces and has links with other departments
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level their relationship to social processes, across the social sciences, allowing
offer reduced by one grade. with particular reference to life in the students to opt in to their modules
21st century metropolis of London. as some of their electives. These
— IB: 32 points. include: media and culture, celebrity
This innovative degree is designed
In addition, the following is required: and society, gender, security, work,
and delivered by academics whose
politics and power, psychology,
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ research is recognised as world-
leading in the field. Research informs religion and race. This leaves
grade C in English and Mathematics. students with a wide range of elective
its content and students develop
the skills to conduct their own modules, helping them specialise
English language requirements
sociological research, accompanied by in a particular area of media,
Cambridge ESOL: CPE Grade C or above.
a range of other transferable skills. communications and sociology.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component. A particular strength of the BSc (Hons) Year three
Media, Communication and Sociology Year three modules allow students to
Other courses you may like is that the degree is part of the City study current issues that draw upon the
Q-Step Centre, a centre of excellence research excellence of our department.
— Criminology BSc (Hons)
devoted to developing the data literacy The availability of modules is subject
— Criminology and Sociology
and quantitative methods skills of to some change in line with changing
BSc (Hons)
undergraduate social scientists. staff research profiles. Year three
— Sociology BSc (Hons)
modules currently include:
— Sociology with Psychology Course structure
BSc (Hons)
Year one Core module:
— Journalism BA (Hons).
Core modules include: — Sociology dissertation.
— Media, history and politics
— Contemporary issues Core elective modules:
in media studies — Political communication
— Lies, damned lies and statistics — Celebrity and society
— Producing social data — Understanding global media flows.
— Research@CitySociology
— Researching society
— Classical social theory.

64 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Media, Communication and Sociology BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work
Supported by
placements and study abroad City Q-Step Centre
Students may study for between City Q-Step Centre is one of fifteen
one and three terms at a partner Q-Step Centres nationwide. Q-Step is a
institution in Europe through the prestigious and innovative programme.
British Council Erasmus scheme. It is designed to develop students’
Students on the course have research techniques and employability,
the opportunity to undertake by enhancing education in quantitative
a work placement between the data analysis, ranging from data literacy
second and third years. to advanced skills.
Career opportunities As part of City Q-Step Centre all students
This course enables students to develop on the Media, Communication and
the methodological expertise to Sociology course have the opportunity to
analyse social data and the analytical apply to a specialist pathway: BSc (Hons)
capability to identify and engage Media, Communication and Sociology
with social policy debates. Students with Quantitative Methods (subject to
develop specific skills relevant to approval) at the end of their first year.
several professions, plus critical Students on the pathway undertake a data
thinking, which is prized in graduate placement in their second year of study.
employment. The degree’s affiliation
with the Q-Step Centre ensures that
graduates possess strong data literacy
and quantitative methods skills, which
are highly sought after in sectors as
diverse as government, education,
market research organisations, the
not-for-profit sector, the financial sector
and the news media.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/smed

www.city.ac.uk 65
Music
BMus (Hons)

The BMus (Hons) Music is delivered in the


School of Arts & Social Sciences

Department of Music, a renowned environment


for the practical and academic study of music.

The BMus (Hons) Music degree at City Course structure


UCAS code adopts a global and interdisciplinary
W300 During the first year, all students
approach to the study of music, follow the same broad-ranging
which is underpinned by a blend of course. For the second and third
Duration theory and practice. Through the
3 years or 4 years with a work years, students plan a tailored
study of classical, popular and world programme of study comprising
placement option. music the degree offers exciting a set number of elective modules
new perspectives on music and its drawn from an extensive offering.
Entry requirements
relationships with culture, technology There is also an opportunity to
Typical requirements:
and society. The course is delivered study a foreign language.
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. by academics who are internationally
recognised as leaders in their fields. Year one
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically All students study a core
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). The course allows students to curriculum which includes solo
— BTEC: DDD. immerse themselves in every aspect and ensemble performance,
of music, providing education and Western classical, popular and
— E xtended Project Qualification research which has contemporary world music, critical listening,
(EPQ): We welcome applications relevance, application and tonal harmony, musicianship,
that include the EPQ. Where usefulness. The diversity of the composition and music technology.
relevant, this may be included in educational offering and the focus on
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level employability skills ensures students All students are expected to
offer reduced by one grade. are equipped to pursue a range of participate and perform in some of the
— IB: 32 points, including 6 in Higher future careers. Students pursuing department’s wide range of classical,
Level Music with a recognised solo performance are eligible to jazz and world music ensembles as part
performance qualification. receive instrumental or vocal tuition of the core experience of the course.
at the Department of Music from
In addition, the following is required: Year two and year three
leading professional performers.
Students choose from an extensive
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ The course combines excellent
range of elective modules in
grade C in English and Mathematics. graduate prospects, exceptional
musicology, ethnomusicology,
— Grade 7 or higher in a practical academics and outstanding facilities
popular music studies, performance,
music qualification. in a central London location.
composition and applied music
To celebrate high-quality musical studies, delivered by acknowledged
English language requirements specialists in their fields. Composition
performance, we are offering seven
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum options include instrumental and
performance scholarships to students
of 6.0 in each component. vocal composition, composing
on our BMus (Hons) Music course. The
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a scholarships are worth £2,000 and for moving images and studio
minimum of 50 in each component. are awarded for each year of study. composition. Performers continue to
receive specialist individual tuition,
Other courses you may like subject to satisfactory progress.
— Music, Sound and Technology
BSc (Hons).

66 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Music BMus (Hons)
The Major Project is an important Career opportunities
focus of third year work. Students The degree structure enables
specialise in one or two areas students to explore a wide range
of composition, performance or of music-related careers. Graduates
dissertation. The dissertation option include performers, composers,
allows in-depth research in an area primary and secondary school
related to any aspect of music. teachers, university lecturers,
Throughout the three years, peripatetic instrumental or vocal
assessment is by a combination of teachers, music examiners, orchestral
project-based or practical and creative conductors, administrators, royalty
work and examinations or coursework. tracking consultants, music
Students receive a considerable therapists, sound designers and
amount of tuition in small groups sound recording engineers. City Music
and individually to maximise contact alumni are working in a wide range
and to enable them to tailor their work of organisations including: the BBC,
to personal interests. South Bank Centre, Philharmonia
Orchestra, Apple, Academy of St
Opportunities for work Martin in the Fields, Barbican Centre,
the Associated Board of the Royal
placements and study abroad
Schools of Music, Royal Opera House,
As well as a placement year (between Universal Music Group, Performing
years two and three) students have Rights Society, Sony, National Theatre,
the option of a second-year work Brains and Hutch, Boosey and Hawkes
placement module as one of their music publishers, Buckingham
electives. These opportunities give Palace, Courtauld Institute Gallery,
students a chance to gain experience Edition Peters, EMI Classics, Mazars
of a music-related work environment, (accountancy), National Youth Music
to reflect on the skills and experiences Theatre, Milton Keynes Community
they have acquired and to engage NHS Trust, PwC and Real World
directly with their possible future Music. Ninety-five per cent of Music
career plans. Recent students have graduates were in employment
undertaken placements at schools, or further study six months after
arts centres, music festivals, theatres graduation (UniStats, 2016).
and publishing houses and in artistic
management and music journalism. For the most current and
In addition, there are opportunities comprehensive information about
to study abroad through the this course, please visit our website.
Erasmus scheme and Study Abroad
exchange programme.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/aumu

www.city.ac.uk 67
Music, Sound
and Technology
BSc (Hons)
This innovative degree explores leading-edge topics in music
School of Arts & Social Sciences

and sound, preparing students for a wide range of careers in


the cultural industries of today and tomorrow.

This degree allows students to engage Course structure


UCAS code with music, sound and technology
W3W7 Year one
from a wide range of perspectives, In year one students engage with a
while considering the complex wide range of concepts and ideas
Duration interrelationships between these
3 years. With the following optional surrounding the theory and practice
fields. Students develop imaginative of music, sound and technology. Five
routes: 3 years with a replacement strategies for the production of
second year studying abroad (to be core modules provide comprehensive
creative and technical work, grounding in practical and theoretical
selected in year one of study). involving experiment, speculation fields, creating a platform for more
and rigorous investigation. The course specialist topics in years two and three.
Entry requirements
is underpinned by intersections
Typical requirements: Core modules:
between theory and practice, leading
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (including Music students to develop innovative — Critical listening
Technology or a related subject). projects in recording, composition, — Sound design
interactive music, installation and — Sound recording and studio
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically techniques 1
cross-disciplinary work.
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). — Music, sound and technology
— BTEC: DDD. A distinctive feature of the course — Ensemble performance.
is an emphasis on understanding
— E xtended Project Qualification Year two
relationships between music, sound
(EPQ): We welcome applications In the second year of the course
and other forms of digital media, such
that include the EPQ. Where students develop advanced skills in
as film, games, web-based applications
relevant, this may be included in recording and audio programming,
and new modes of performance. These
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level while applying these skills towards
areas of study place City’s students
offer reduced by one grade. the creation of innovative new work.
at the forefront of new and emerging
— IB: 32 points, preferably including developments in digital media. Core modules include:
Music and Mathematics or Physics. — Interactivity for music and sound
In addition, the following is required: — Sound recording and studio
techniques 2
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ — Ensemble performance.
grade C in English and Mathematics.
Electives include topics from sound
English language requirements studies, critical and media theory,
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum music in popular culture, Western
of 6.0 in each component. music, computing, applied music
studies and composition. These
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
optional modules allow students
minimum of 50 in each component.
to enhance their understanding in
Other courses you may like specialist areas and tailor their studies
to particular strengths and interests.
— Music BMus (Hons).

68 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Music, Sound and Technology BSc (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for work
The third year places greater emphasis placements and study abroad
on the role of sound and music in London is a global hub for the creative
moving image and web applications. and digital media industries and City’s
The major project forms a focal point Department of Music is located right
for this final year of the degree, at the heart of the city. Music, Sound
allowing students to devise and and Technology students benefit
realise a large-scale individual project from outstanding opportunities to
as the culmination of their studies. engage with industry through work
Core modules include: placements (available as an elective
— Sound and image interaction module in year two), internships,
— Major project external events and a programme
— Ensemble performance. of guest academics from the music
professions. The Department of
In addition students choose from Music has excellent links with
an extensive range of elective international universities and many
modules, including specialist students choose to spend a term or
options offered by the Departments year abroad during their studies.
of Computer Science, Sociology and
Cultural and Creative Industries. Career opportunities
City’s BSc graduates have gone
on to work for leading companies
including the BBC, ITV, Native
Instruments, EMI, Universal Music
and SoundCloud. The knowledge and
skills students gain during the course
provide fully rounded preparation
for a wide range of careers in sound
engineering, software design,
composition and sound design, media
production and arts management.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/amst

www.city.ac.uk 69
Politics
BSc (Hons)

BSc (Hons) Politics trains students to understand and analyse the key
School of Arts & Social Sciences

political problems and issues that face states and societies across the
world in a systematic and comparative way. Issues of uneven economic
growth and rising inequality, political violence and civil war require a form
of analysis that is both theoretically rigorous and empirically informed.
The course is geared to Course structure
UCAS code producing graduates who have
L200 This degree allows students to develop
the understanding, skills and a deep understanding of the main
experience to be attractive to a forces shaping the functioning of
Duration range of governmental, corporate,
3 years or 4 years with a work politics across different countries and
academic (postgraduate studies), regions of the world, on the basis of
placement option. non-governmental and international rigorous academic and research skills.
organisations engaged in addressing
Entry requirements Year one
these challenges and opportunities.
Typical requirements: The purpose of the first year is to
The degree course equips students
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. with the tools they need to be introduce students to key issues,
competitive in a world where concepts, theoretical perspectives
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically and methodological approaches
strategic thinking is prized and
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). in the study of politics and related
analysis of political risks valued.
— BTEC: DDM. sub-disciplines. Students also
In the 2015 National Student Survey begin to appreciate the diversity
— E xtended Project Qualification 93 per cent of recent graduates of political systems in various
(EPQ): We welcome applications felt that staff in the Department national and regional contexts that
that include the EPQ. Where of International Politics were are covered in this degree course.
relevant, this may be included in enthusiastic about what they
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level teach. According to Guardian Core modules include:
offer reduced by one grade. University Guide 2015 we are ranked — Introduction to politics
— IB: 32 points. fourth best politics department in — The puzzles of comparative politics
London. Joining the Department of — Introduction to political theory
In addition, the following is required: International Politics means joining — Emerging powers in a
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ a vibrant community of academics changing world
grade C in English and Mathematics. committed to offering students — Lies, damned lies and statistics:
an enriching, engaging and high- making sense of social data
English language requirements quality learning experience. — Producing social data.
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in each component.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component.

Other courses you may like


— International Politics BSc (Hons)
— International Politics and Sociology
BSc (Hons)
— International Political Economy
BSc (Hons).

70 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Politics BSc (Hons)
Year two Opportunities for work
During the second year, students placements and study abroad
consolidate the skills and knowledge Students can choose to undertake a
gained in the first year to analyse work placement for one year between
comparatively politics in several years two and three. The degree
industrialised and developing awarded is a BSc (Hons) Politics with
nations and emerging powers. Integrated Professional Training.
Core modules include: Opportunities for study abroad are
— Scholarly writing for politics available. In the past, students have
— Advanced topics in studied at universities including: the
comparative politics. University of Queensland, Australia;
Elective modules include: Monash University, Australia;
— Politics of the USA Northeastern University, United
— Comparative Asian politics States; Seoul National University,
— Comparative political economy South Korea; Sciences Po, France;
— Religion and politics in the Universitat Pompeu Fabra, Spain.
age of global change.
Career opportunities
Year three Beyond providing access to
During the third year, students the discipline-specific body of
have the opportunity to use the knowledge associated with the
analytical competencies developed study of politics, this course places
in the first two years to specialise emphasis on gaining several core
in topics and sub-fields of their skills suitable to many career options,
interest. First, through independent such as political organisations,
research in the form of a Final Year government or Civil Service, research
Dissertation Project (core module) institutions or think tanks, teaching,
on a subject of their choice within the media and communications
the study of politics or comparative (including journalism), civil society,
politics. Second, through elective international organisations and a
modules (such as Government and range of careers in the private sector.
Politics of Latin America, Modern
South Asia or Africa). For the most current and
Assessment is by coursework, oral comprehensive information about
presentations, unseen examinations this course, please visit our website.
and a final-year project.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/spol

www.city.ac.uk 71
Psychology
BSc (Hons)

The BSc (Hons) Psychology at City encourages analytical


School of Arts & Social Sciences

and critical thinking while developing an understanding of


the complex interactions between the human mind, brain,
behaviour and experience.

A broad range of topics within and Year two


UCAS code related to psychology are covered, The second year advances knowledge of
C800 based on the scientific exploration of core subjects in psychology to meet the
human behaviour and the application requirements for British Psychological
Duration of psychological knowledge in Society (BPS) accreditation.
3 years or 4 years with a work professional areas. The course offers
placement option or study abroad. a wide range of transferable skills, Core modules include:
enhancing employment prospects. — Biological psychology
Entry requirements
It provides excellent preparation for — Cognitive psychology 1
Typical requirements:
further education in psychology at — Cognitive psychology 2
— ‘A’ Level: AAB. postgraduate level. The course has — Developmental psychology
achieved outstanding results in the — Personality and differential
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points (typically
National Student Survey with 90 per psychology
AAB or ABB with a relevant EPQ).
cent overall student satisfaction on — Research methods in psychology
— BTEC: DDD. average over the past four years. With — Social psychology.
— E xtended Project Qualification 26 academic staff, there is an excellent Year three
(EPQ): We welcome applications student to staff ratio. Final year students conduct their
that include the EPQ. Where own empirical research project and
relevant, this may be included in Course structure select six specialist modules from a
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level This course is delivered over three wide range of modules led by expert
offer reduced by one grade. years. Students have the opportunity academic staff and practitioners.
to spend one year in a work placement
— IB: 33 points. or study abroad sandwiched between Current elective modules include:
In addition, the following is required: the first and second or second and — Applied psychology in
third years of the course. clinical practice
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 6/ — Approaches to autism
grade B in English and Mathematics. Year one
— Coaching psychology
The first year covers the main areas of
— Cognitive development
English language requirements psychology: cognition, development,
— Health psychology
Cambridge ESOL: CPE grade C or above. biology and the history of psychological
— Introduction to counselling
theories. In addition, a specialist
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a psychology
module focuses on the education and
minimum of 50 in each component. — Judgment and decision-making
skills needed to pursue a degree and
— Memory and the law
a career as a professional psychologist.
Other courses you may like — Normal and disordered word
— Criminology and Psychology Core modules include: processing
BSc (Hons) — Biological approaches to mind — Organisational psychology
— Sociology with Psychology and behaviour — Programming tools for
BSc (Hons). — Cognitive approaches to mind psychologists
and behaviour — Psychological illnesses, brain
— History and theory of psychology damage and dreams: malfunctions
— Lifespan psychology of the mind
— Professional and academic — Social perception
development for psychologists — Topics in behavioural economics
— Research design and analysis — Topics in cognitive neuroscience.
(laboratory methods)
— Research design and analysis
(quantitative methods).

72 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Psychology BSc (Hons)
BSc (Hons) Psychology Career opportunities
with Pathways A Psychology degree is widely
In addition to the BSc (Hons) recognised as an excellent
psychology, we provide the introduction to many careers. Key
opportunity for students to graduate skills learnt include the evaluation
with a BPS-accredited degree in of ideas and evidence, written
a specialised area of psychology. and oral presentation skills and
All students enter our BSc (Hons) a sophisticated understanding
Psychology and can apply at the end of numerical data. Many of our
of their second year to specialise in Psychology graduates go on to further
one of four pathways, or to continue study in related disciplines: MSc
with the BSc (Hons) Psychology. Clinical Psychology, MSc Clinical,
Social and Cognitive Neuroscience,
Students on a specialised pathway MSc Developmental Psychology, MSc
take modules related to that pathway Forensic Mental Health Research
and conduct their Honours research and MSc Health Psychology. Other
project in that field. students go into graduate-level
The four pathways and respective employment, working as assistant
degree titles are: psychologists, healthcare assistants,
— BSc (Hons) Psychology with trainee clinical psychologists, media
Counselling and Health Psychology planners, marketing directors, quality
— BSc (Hons) Psychology with assurance engineers, professional
Organisational Psychology and mentoring assistants, teachers and
Behavioural Economics support workers. Such diversity in
— BSc (Hons) Psychology student destinations demonstrates
with Cognitive and Clinical the wide range of professional
Neuroscience skills learnt in psychology.
— BSc (Hons) Psychology with
Child Development. Accreditation
City’s BSc (Hons) Psychology,
accredited by the BPS, comprises the
first stage of qualifying as a Chartered
Psychologist. It also provides the
necessary first degree qualification for
further education on BPS-accredited
Masters and doctoral-level courses.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.
Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/spsy

www.city.ac.uk 73
Sociology
BSc (Hons)

Sociology enables us to understand society and our roles within


School of Arts & Social Sciences

it. It is the systematic study of institutions, organisations and


power and is concerned with the ways in which social relations
between people emerge, are sustained and change.

The BSc (Hons) Sociology explores Course structure


UCAS code the organisation of global capitalism
L300 Year one
and the opportunities and structural Core modules include:
inequalities that define our everyday — Research@CitySociology
Duration lives, including those related to
3 years or 4 years with a work — Researching society
gender, class, race and migration. — Classical social theory
placement option or study abroad. Students have the opportunity to — Lies, damned lies and statistics
study topics that include family — Producing social data.
Entry requirements
life, identity, work, popular culture,
Typical requirements: Year two
urban living, food, criminology,
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. media and the virtual world. Core modules include:
— Doing sociology: qualitative
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically Students also learn to appreciate the methods
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). complex interplay between local and — Contemporary social theory.
— BTEC: DDM. global forces and their relationship
to social processes, with particular Students must then choose at least
— E xtended Project Qualification reference to life in the 21st century two core elective modules from:
(EPQ): We welcome applications metropolis of London. This innovative — Understanding social change
that include the EPQ. Where degree is designed and delivered — Sociology of race and racism
relevant, this may be included in by academics whose research is — Culture and society.
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level recognised as world-leading in the
Year three
offer reduced by one grade. field. Research informs its content
Year three modules allow students to
— IB: 32 points. and students develop the skills
study current issues that draw upon the
to conduct their own sociological
In addition, the following is required: research excellence of our department.
research, accompanied by a range
The availability of modules is
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ of other transferable skills.
subject to some change in line with
grade C in English and Mathematics. A particular strength of the BSc (Hons) changing staff research profiles. Year
Sociology is that the degree is part of the three modules currently include:
English language requirements
City Q-Step Centre, a centre of excellence
Cambridge ESOL: CPE grade C or above. Core module:
devoted to developing the data literacy
— Sociology dissertation.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a and quantitative methods skills of
minimum of 50 in each component. undergraduate social scientists. Core elective modules:
— Work and workers in the
All students on the Sociology course
Other courses you may like 21st century
have the opportunity to apply to
— Criminology BSc (Hons) — Emotions, identities and
a specialist pathway (BSc (Hons)
— Criminology and Sociology relationships
Sociology with Quantitative Methods)
BSc (Hons) — Food and society.
at the end of their first year.
— Media, Communication and
Sociology BSc (Hons)
— Sociology with Psychology
BSc (Hons).

74 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Sociology BSc (Hons)
The Department of Sociology offers
many electives in relation to its Supported by
research specialisms and it also City Q-Step Centre
has links with other departments City Q-Step Centre is one of fifteen
across the social sciences, allowing Q-Step Centres nationwide. Q-Step
students to opt in to their modules is a prestigious and innovative
as some of their electives. These programme. It is designed to develop
include: media and culture, celebrity students’ research techniques and
and society, gender, security, work, employability, by enhancing education
politics and power, psychology, in quantitative data analysis, ranging
religion and race. This leaves students from data literacy to advanced skills.
with a wide range of elective modules As part of City Q-Step Centre all students
helping them specialise in a particular on the Sociology course have the
area of sociology. opportunity to apply to a specialist
pathway: BSc (Hons) Sociology with
Opportunities for work Quantitative Methods (subject to
placements and study abroad approval) at the end of their first year.
Students on the course have Students on the pathway undertake a data
the opportunity to undertake placement in their second year of study.
a work placement between the
second and third years. Students
may study for between one and
three terms at a partner institution
in Europe through the British
Council Erasmus scheme.

Career opportunities
This course enables students to
develop the methodological expertise
to analyse social data and the
analytical capability to identify and
engage with social policy debates. The
degree’s affiliation with the Q-Step
Centre ensures that graduates possess
strong data literacy and quantitative
methods skills, which are highly
sought after in sectors as diverse
as government, education, market
research, the not-for-profit sector, the
financial sector and the news media.

For the most current and Enquiries


comprehensive information about Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
this course, please visit our website. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/ssoc

www.city.ac.uk 75
Sociology with Psychology
BSc (Hons)

This joint degree equips students with different


School of Arts & Social Sciences

ways of investigating social life.

The BSc (Hons) Sociology with Course structure


UCAS code Psychology, offered jointly by two
LCH8 Year one
of City’s renowned social sciences Core modules include:
departments, allows students to focus — Research@CitySociology
Duration predominantly on Sociology while
3 years or 4 years with a work — Researching society
broadening their understanding — Classical social theory
placement option or study abroad. of social life through the study of — Lies, damned lies and statistics
Psychology. — Producing social data.
Entry requirements
Typical requirements: Sociology is the systematic study of Students also take between two and
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. institutions, organisations and power four psychology core electives from:
and is concerned with the ways in — Cognitive approaches to mind
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically which social relations between people and behaviour
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). emerge, are sustained and change. — History and theory of psychology
— BTEC: DDM. The course examines the organisation — Biological approaches
of global capitalism and explores to mind behaviour
— E xtended Project Qualification the opportunities and structural — Lifespan psychology.
(EPQ): We welcome applications inequalities that define our everyday
that include the EPQ. Where lives, including those related to Elective modules include:
relevant, this may be included in gender, class, race and migration. — History and theory of psychology
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level — Exploring London
offer reduced by one grade. Psychology focuses on aspects of
— Lifespan psychology
individual cognition, development
— IB: 32 points. — Criminology
and behaviour. Students have the — Criminal justice
In addition, the following is required: opportunity to study diverse topics — Cognitive approaches to
that include family life, work, popular mind and behaviour
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ culture, food, criminology, media,
grade C in English and Mathematics. — Biological approaches to
cognition, behaviour and attachment. mind and behaviour
English language requirements This innovative degree is designed — Language.
Cambridge ESOL: CPE grade C or above. and delivered by academics whose Year two
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a research is recognised as world- Core modules:
minimum of 50 in each component. leading in the field. Research informs — Doing sociology:
its content and students develop qualitative methods
Other courses you may like the skills to conduct their own — Contemporary social theory.
sociological research, accompanied by
— Criminology BSc (Hons)
a range of other transferable skills. Students also choose at least
— Criminology and Sociology two of these Psychology modules
BSc (Hons) as a core elective:
— Media, Communication and — Biological psychology
Sociology BSc (Hons) — Developmental psychology
— Psychology BSc (Hons) — Social psychology
— Sociology BSc (Hons). — Personality and differential
psychology.

76 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Sociology with Psychology BSc (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for work
Year three modules allow students to placements and study abroad
study current issues that draw upon the Students may study for between
research excellence of our department.
one and three terms at a partner
The availability of modules is
institution in Europe through the
subject to some change in line with
changing staff research profiles. Year British Council Erasmus scheme.
three modules currently include: Students on the course have
the opportunity to undertake
Core module: a work placement between the
— Sociology dissertation. second and third years.
Elective modules:
— Emotions, identities and Career opportunities
relationships This course enables students to
— Work and workers in the develop the methodological expertise
21st century to analyse social and psychological
— Sociology of contemporary Europe. data and the analytical capability
to identify and engage with social
The Departments of Sociology policy debates. Students develop
and Psychology offer many electives skills relevant to several professions
in relation to our research specialisms and critical thinking, which is prized
allowing students to opt in to this in graduate employment. The skills
wide range of modules as some of developed in this degree are highly
their electives. These include: autism, sought after in sectors as diverse as
social psychology, developmental government, the NHS, education,
psychology, cognitive psychology, market research organisations, the not-
criminology, celebrity and society, for-profit sector, human resources, the
gender, security, work, religion financial sector and the news media.
and race. This leaves students
with a wide range of elective modules, For the most current and
helping them specialise in a particular comprehensive information about
area of criminology. this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: ugadmissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/sswp

www.city.ac.uk 77
Cass
Business
Cass Business School

School
The Sir John Cass Business School has been at the forefront of business
education for 50 years. Located in the heart of one of the world’s leading
financial centres, Cass is part of an elite group of business schools to
have been awarded triple accreditation by the Association to Advance
Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB), the Association of MBAs (AMBA)
and the European Quality Improvement System (EQUIS).

Degrees offered
Valentin Michev
82 Accounting and Finance BSc (Hons) Banking and International Finance
84 Actuarial Science BSc (Hons) BSc (Hons)
86 Banking and International Third year
Finance BSc (Hons) Choosing to study at Cass is one
Business Management
88  of the best decisions I have made
courses BSc (Hons) in my life. Having set myself the
goal of becoming an investment
90 Finance BSc (Hons) banker, I believe that day by day
92 Investment and Financial Risk Cass is helping me get closer to it.
Management BSc (Hons) Banking and International Finance
is a very interesting course which
exposes you to all aspects of
finance, while making learning
both interesting and enjoyable.

78 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Andzhela Nikolova
Accounting and Finance BSc (Hons)
Iva Aleksieva First year
Accounting and Finance BSc (Hons)
I chose Cass because of its
Third year
strong reputation for Accounting
I had always known I wanted to study and Finance and because I was
Accounting and Finance and that I looking forward to integrating into
wanted to live in London, so Cass was a multicultural community where
inevitably my first choice. I couldn’t I could interact, share ideas and
wait to come to this amazing and discuss key issues with like-minded
vibrant city and I’m really happy with people. Academic staff bring their
my choice. Highlights of my time own experiences, knowledge
here include becoming president of a and expertise and everyone is
student society and meeting so many willing to provide help and support
great people. Currently, I’m applying to students. I am considering
for graduate positions and looking assurance, audit and investment
forward to the next big step in my life. banking as potential career paths.

www.city.ac.uk 79
The degrees at Cass offers undergraduate degrees
Cass are designed in four areas: Accounting and
Finance; Actuarial Science;
in collaboration with Banking, Finance and Investment;
and Business Management.
leading employers
The Cass undergraduate community
and are continually comprises over 2,000 students
from around 100 countries,
evolving to reflect the
Cass Business School

creating a vibrant mix of cultures


changing business and perspectives. The School’s
state-of-the-art facilities further
environment. enhance a unique environment
for studying, socialising and
building a professional network.

Kishan Paun
Investment and Financial
Risk Management
(with Placement) BSc (Hons)
Fourth year
I chose Cass because it has a
great reputation when it comes to Find out more
applying for roles within top firms The information on these pages is
and the location is second to none. correct at time of publication (February
I had a passion for investments and 2017). However, this prospectus only
risk management is becoming so provides an overview of the content
important in financial institutions and structure of our courses. Certain
today, so I felt the course would details are subject to change and
give me a good platform to gain students should refer to our website for
an advantage in entering these a full list of the courses on offer at Cass
fields. I was fortunate enough Business School and the most current
to undertake a placement at the and comprehensive information about
Bank of England after my second any courses they are interested in.
year, something Cass is great at www.cass.city.ac.uk
helping students to arrange.

80 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Preparing for the future Research excellence at Cass Accounting and Finance: A degree
A degree from Cass prepares Academic staff at Cass are world- in Accounting and Finance provides a
students for a successful career. Our leading experts in their fields of solid grounding in these two fields. It
emphasis on academic excellence academic and applied research: they enables students to gain exemptions
and professional skills ensures that are highly sought after by companies, from professional qualifications and
Cass graduates are exceptionally governments and international prepare for external examinations.
well-regarded by employers, with bodies for their specialist knowledge Actuarial Science: An Actuarial
over 80 per cent securing employment and their work shapes policy, Science degree combines studies

Introduction
or undertaking further study debate and business practice at in mathematics, probability,
within six months of graduating. the highest levels. The Faculty of statistics and economics, leading
Finance at Cass is one of the largest students to develop a set of skills
The close links with business and the and most respected in the world and
professions which have characterised in financial risk management that
it is renowned for its expertise in are in high demand across industry.
City for over a century are very much accounting, asset pricing, corporate
in evidence at Cass. The degrees Graduates can gain exemptions
finance, financial markets and from the Institute and Faculty of
are designed in collaboration regulation, international finance and
with leading employers and are Actuaries’ CT1-CT8 examinations.
shipping finance. Academic staff in
continually evolving to reflect the the Faculty of Management specialise Banking and International
changing business environment. in all areas of management studies, Finance: A degree in Banking and
All undergraduate students can including strategy, entrepreneurship, International Finance embraces
apply to undertake a paid work corporate social responsibility, the study of international banking
placement for one year between marketing, information management, systems and financial markets and
their second and final years and organisational behaviour and prepares students for careers in the
many also make the most of Cass’s human resources. The Faculty of corporate advisory and financial
central London location by securing Actuarial Science and Insurance, services industry.
internships during the summer. one of the leading departments
of its kind worldwide, undertakes Business Management: A degree
Cass students can also apply to study in Business Management provides
abroad as part of their degree at over theoretical and applied research
into pensions, life and general detailed knowledge of how businesses
30 prestigious partner institutions. work and what a manager needs to
Depending on their degree, students insurance and healthcare insurance.
know. Specialist pathways allow
can choose to undertake the second The Research Excellence Framework students to concentrate on the
year of a three-year degree on an (REF) 2014 rated 84 per cent of areas which most interest them,
international study exchange. the research submitted by Cass whether this be finance, marketing,
Alternatively they can apply for a Business and Management as within international business or digital
sandwich year, spending a year the top two categories of world- innovation and entrepreneurship.
abroad between their second and leading (4-star) and internationally
third years, thereby extending excellent (3-star). This places Finance: A degree in Finance
the degree to four years. These Cass in the top six institutions in provides students with the academic
options provide the opportunity to the UK, out of 101 to have entered knowledge and skills required to
add an international dimension to research in this category. This operate in the increasingly competitive
undergraduate study and prepare independent review highlights the world of finance. It exposes students
for the global business world. world class quality of Cass research to the areas of financial markets
and recognises the impact it has and the governance of global
To find out more about placement enterprises and places graduates at
and study abroad opportunities on business, the professions and
policy-makers. This is very important the forefront of multinational firms
at Cass, please visit: www.cass. and financial intermediaries.
city.ac.uk/courses/undergraduate/ for undergraduate students at
placements-and-study-abroad Cass because it means that the Investment and Financial Risk
academics students are learning Management: A degree in Investment
from are pre-eminent and are making and Financial Risk Management
considerable contributions in offers a route to becoming a trader,
advancing their fields of expertise. a fund manager, a broker or an
analyst in any area of finance.
The next step
Choosing an undergraduate degree is
one of the most important decisions
a student will make. The pages that
follow contain detailed information
on each of the degrees offered,
including overviews of course
structures, entry requirements
and career opportunities. Here is
a short overview of what to expect
from undergraduate study in Cass’s
various fields of expertise:

www.city.ac.uk 81
Accounting and Finance
BSc (Hons)

The BSc (Hons) Accounting and Finance provides a solid


Cass Business School

grounding in all areas of accounting and finance, including


financial accounting, corporate finance, assurance, taxation,
law, financial management, economics and statistics.

Course structure Year three


UCAS code The final year allows students to
NN43 Year one
In the first year, students develop the tackle more advanced topics in both
fundamental knowledge required for accounting and finance, including
Duration audit and assurance, taxation,
3 years. a successful career in many areas of
business, including accounting, finance financial management and corporate
With optional four-year sandwich – and financial markets, economics finance. As part of the BSc (Hons)
professional work placement or and law. This year also focuses on Accounting and Finance course,
study abroad year (to be selected in consolidating quantitative skills in students are required to undertake a
year two of study). business and finance applications. final-year project on a topic relevant
to their studies.
Entry requirements Core modules:
Typical requirements: — Introductory financial accounting Core modules:
— Introduction to finance — Final-year project (both terms)
— ‘A’ Level: AAA. — Financial institutions — Corporate finance
— BTEC: DDD. — Introduction to business law — Corporate strategy
— Introductory management — Strategy for business
— E xtended Project Qualification
accounting — Advanced financial accounting:
(EPQ): We welcome applications
— Introduction to statistics theory and practice
that include the EPQ. Where
— Microeconomics — Audit and assurance
relevant, this may be included in
— Macroeconomics — Taxation.
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
— Professional skills.
offer reduced by one grade. In all three years of the degree, we
— IB: 36 points overall, with a Year two offer six language options at several
minimum of 5 in each subject. In the second year, students acquire a levels as extracurricular courses.
deeper understanding of accounting, Please visit our website
In addition, the following is required: financial markets, risk management, for more information: www.cass.city.
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/ valuation and capital markets. ac.uk/courses/undergraduate
grade C in English and grade 7/ They develop the ability to prepare
grade A in Mathematics. financial statements according to
international accounting standards,
English language requirements analyse financial information for
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum of performance measurement and
6.0 in each component. valuation purposes and apply
financial tools to value assets trading
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a in financial markets. They also gain
minimum of 50 in each component. exposure to more complex topics such
as financial econometrics, assurance,
taxation, risk analysis and modelling.
Core modules:
— Financial accounting
— Financial markets
— Financial econometrics
— Assurance
— Financial accounting 2
— Corporate law
— Management accounting
— Principles of taxation.

82 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Accounting and Finance BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work Career opportunities
Accounting and Finance
placements and study abroad Graduates of this course are well- Foundation year
A key part of this degree is the placed to enter a career in accountancy
opportunity to gain professional work or in other areas of finance and the UCAS code
experience or a period of study abroad. financial markets. Recent graduates N3N4
have embarked on auditing and tax
Students are eligible to apply for a careers with PwC, Deloitte, KPMG, EY, Entry requirements
one-year paid work placement which Grant Thornton and BDO, or banking
takes place during the third year of Designed for students who do not
and finance careers with Goldman meet the entry requirements for the
a four-year sandwich degree course. Sachs, JP Morgan and Citigroup,
Cass students enjoy a wide range of BSc (Hons), the Accounting and Finance
among others. Other common Foundation year is an additional year
opportunities in business areas such career paths include working as a
as assurance, audit and tax. Students which leads into the main degree.
consultant/analyst or for the public It covers mathematics, probability
have recently taken up placements and charity sectors in a finance
within many leading corporate and statistics, economics, finance and
capacity. Following the completion of accounting. This enables students
organisations, including EY, Goldman the degree, some graduates embark
Sachs, ICAP, KPMG and PwC. to develop mathematical ability,
on postgraduate studies at other communication and study skills.
The placement year would contribute prestigious universities. The curriculum has been carefully
towards the work experience designed to include material that
requirements of a Chartered Accreditation would be studied at the undergraduate
Accountancy qualification (ACA) Cass Business School’s BSc (Hons) level as part of the BSc (Hons) degree
training agreement with an Institute Accounting and Finance is supported course. For further information
of Chartered Accountants in England by the ICAEW and has been designed on the Foundation year, including
and Wales (ICAEW) training employer. so that students who meet the entry requirements, please visit the
relevant criteria can achieve eight website: www.cass.city.ac.uk/courses/
Students can alternatively apply to exemptions from the ICAEW’s undergraduate/courses
spend one year studying abroad during Chartered Accountancy qualification.
the third year of a four-year sandwich Graduates can also gain credits for
degree course at a range of prestigious prior learning from the Association
partner universities. These include The of Chartered Certified Accountants
University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong; (ACCA), the Chartered Institute of
Ross School of Business, University of Management Accountants (CIMA),
Michigan, USA; Robert H Smith School the Chartered Institute of Public
of Business, Maryland University, Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA),
USA; HEC Montreal, Canada; and the Chartered Insurance Institute (CII),
Seoul National University, South the Institute of Chartered Accountants
Korea, among many others. of Scotland (ICAS) and the Institute of
Financial Services (IFS).
Studying abroad enables students to
expand their international network of
For the most current and
contacts, develop a wider perspective
comprehensive information about
in the world of accounting and finance Enquiries
this course, please visit our website.
and enhance their career prospects. Email: cassug@city.ac.uk
Our dedicated Placements and Study Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040
Abroad teams are on hand to support
students through the work experience
Course webpage
and study abroad process.
www.city.ac.uk/caaf

www.city.ac.uk 83
Actuarial Science
BSc (Hons)

This degree offers students a sound education in actuarial


Cass Business School

and financial studies, mathematics and statistics.

Actuarial science involves the Year two


UCAS code application of quantitative skills to In year two, the focus moves from
G322 problems in finance that normally mathematics to actuarial science,
involve risk or uncertainty. This statistics and probability.
Duration degree is ideal for those who excel in
3 years. and enjoy mathematics, in particular Core modules:
With optional four-year sandwich – modelling and probability, especially — A ctuarial practicality
professional work placement or those who like asking “What if?”. The — C alculus and linear algebra
study abroad year (to be selected in degree provides students with the — Contingencies
year two of study). skills to start their actuarial career, — F inance and financial reporting
with the added flexibility of allowing — P robability and statistics 2
Entry requirements students to alternatively use these — S tochastic models.
Typical requirements: skills to enter risk management,
investment management or financial Year three
— ‘A’ Level: A*(Mathematics) AA.
analysis upon graduation. In the final year, three taught core
— BTEC: DD/DDD plus an ‘A’ Level grade modules allow students to develop an
A* in Mathematics. Course structure in-depth understanding of actuarial
and statistical subjects, while a wide
Year one
— E xtended Project Qualification range of electives cover actuarial
In the first year, students study
(EPQ): We welcome applications that science, statistics, business and
six core modules that provide the
include the EPQ. Where relevant, this economics. Students also undertake a
foundations for later study, including a
may be included in our offer, resulting final-year project in an area relevant to
mathematics module and introductory
in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced by one their interests and ambitions.
grade. courses in financial mathematics,
economics and probability and Core modules:
— IB: 36 points, with 7 in Higher statistics that assume no prior — Advanced contingencies
Level Mathematics and a minimum knowledge of the respective subjects. — Final-year project
of 5 in all other subjects. — S
 tatistics and probabilistic
Core modules:
In addition, the following is required: modelling for insurance
— Applications of information
— Survival models.
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/ technology
grade C in English. — Financial and investment
In all three years of students’ degrees
mathematics
we offer six language options at
English language requirements — Introduction to actuarial methods
several levels as an extracurricular
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum — Introduction to economics
course. Please visit our website
of 6.0 in each component. — Mathematics for actuarial science
for more information: www.cass.
— Probability and statistics 1.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a city. ac.uk/courses/undergraduate
minimum of 50 in each component.

84 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Actuarial Science BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work Career opportunities Actuarial Science
placements and study abroad The recent economic crisis has Foundation year
A key part of this degree is the brought into sharp focus the need for
opportunity to gain professional work people with the specialist actuarial UCAS code
experience or a period of study abroad. skills to assess risk. Such individuals G320
are consequently in considerable
Students are eligible to apply for a demand. The majority of our Entry requirements
one-year paid work placement which graduates become actuarial trainees
takes place during the third year of Designed for students who do not
and study for the Institute and Faculty meet the entry requirements for the
a four-year sandwich degree course. of Actuaries’ examinations. Others
Cass students enjoy a wide range of BSc (Hons), the Actuarial Science
embark on careers in investment Foundation year is an additional year
opportunities in business areas such banking, investment management,
as insurance and risk management, which leads into the main degree. It
accountancy, commercial banking, covers mathematics, probability and
actuarial investment pricing and insurance, financial analysis and
capital management. Students statistics, economics, finance and
management. Some students progress accounting and enables students
have recently taken up placements to postgraduate study, often on City’s
within many leading organisations to develop mathematical ability,
MSc Actuarial Management course. communication and study skills. The
including the Association of British
Insurers, Aviva/Friends Life, curriculum has been carefully designed
Accreditation to include material that would be
Prudential and Legal & General. This degree can provide exemptions studied at the undergraduate level
Students can alternatively apply from subjects CT1–CT8 of the actuarial as part of the BSc (Hons) degree
to spend one year studying abroad profession’s examinations. course. For further information
during the third year of a four-year on the Foundation year, including
sandwich degree course at a range For the most current and entry requirements, please visit the
of prestigious partner universities. comprehensive information about website: www.cass.city. ac.uk/courses/
These include the Chinese University this course, please visit our website. undergraduate/courses
of Hong Kong, Hong Kong; the
University of Waterloo, Canada;
Richard Ivey School of Business,
Canada; Queensland University of
Technology, Australia; and Ross
School of Business, University of
Michigan, USA, among many others.
Studying abroad enables students to
expand their international network of
contacts, develop a wider perspective
in the world of actuarial science and
enhance their career prospects.
Our dedicated Placements and Study
Abroad teams are on hand to support Enquiries
students through the work experience Email: cassug@city.ac.uk
and study abroad process.
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/casc

www.city.ac.uk 85
Banking and
International Finance
BSc (Hons)
The BSc (Hons) Banking and International Finance degree
Cass Business School

provides students with the academic knowledge and


skills required to operate in the increasingly competitive
world of financial markets.

Students develop skills and Year two


UCAS code knowledge in the key areas of banking There is a focus on developing
N302 and international finance, including theoretical knowledge of banking
financial intermediation, commercial and financial management, finance
Duration and investment banking, bank and economics. Students also study
3 years. and corporate risk management, econometrics, which forms the basis
With the following optional routes: international banking, banking of modelling and testing in banking
regulation, economics, fixed income and finance. Students can choose an
— Three years with a replacement
and derivatives, international finance additional two elective modules to suit
second year studying abroad (to be
and corporate finance. Students can their own interests and aspirations
selected in year one of study).
choose several elective modules to focus from a wide selection.
— Four-year sandwich, with a more deeply on banking and finance,
professional work placement or or broaden expertise in areas including Core modules include:
study abroad year (to be selected accounting, management and strategy. — Bank risk management
in year two of study). — Derivatives
Course structure — Economics of forex
— Financial econometrics
Entry requirements Year one
— International banking
Typical requirements: The first year provides students with
— Monetary economics.
— ‘A’ Level: AAA. a strong foundation in financial
markets, banking, economics and Year three
— BTEC: DDD. accounting, enabling them to relate Students develop knowledge of
— E xtended Project Qualification their studies to the financial sector international finance and banking
(EPQ): We welcome applications from an early stage and develop an and financial management to an
that include the EPQ. Where understanding of the tools used in advanced level.
relevant, this may be included in applied investment analysis, including
mathematical, statistical, database, Core modules include:
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
computing and presentation skills. — Banking regulation
offer reduced by one grade.
— Corporate finance
— IB: 36 points overall, with a Core modules: — Fixed income and credit risk
minimum of 5 in each subject. — Banking and financial institutions — International finance.
— Business skills
In addition, the following is required:
— Finance and investment Students also select two electives
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/grade C — Introductory financial accounting which can extend knowledge of
in English and grade 6/grade B — Introductory management finance and the applications of
(‘A’ Level and Access to Higher accounting mathematical models, enhance
Education applicants) or grade 7/ — Macroeconomics understanding of the role of banks
grade A (all other qualification — Microeconomics in financial markets, or allow a focus
combinations) in Mathematics. — Quantitative methods. on areas including investment or
accounting. Finally, students may
English language requirements undertake a dissertation or a final
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum year essay in a subject relevant to
of 6.0 in each component. their interests and career aspirations.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a In all three years of students’ degrees
minimum of 50 in each component. we offer six language options at
several levels as extracurricular
courses. Please visit our website
for more information: www.cass.city.
ac.uk/courses/undergraduate

86 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Banking and International Finance BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work Career opportunities
placements and study abroad The majority of graduates from
A key part of this degree is the this course embark on careers
opportunity to gain professional work in the fast-paced world of global
experience or a period of study abroad. finance. Many join investment
banks and secure positions in
Students are eligible to apply for trading, investment banking and
a one-year paid work placement sales, specialising in areas such as
which takes place during the derivatives. Others join brokerage
third year of a four-year sandwich houses, enter careers in operations or
degree course. Cass students enjoy consultancy, or take up postgraduate
a wide range of opportunities in study. Recent employers have
business areas such as corporate included American Express, Bank
finance, operations, wholesale of America Merrill Lynch, Barclays
markets and asset management. Bank, Citigroup, Credit Suisse,
Students have recently taken Deloitte, JP Morgan, KPMG, Morgan
up placements within many Stanley, Nomura, PwC and RBS.
leading corporate organisations,
including American Express, AXA Accreditation
Investment Managers, Lloyds Graduates from this degree can gain
Banking Group, Morgan Stanley, exemptions from the Association
Sloane Robinson and UBS. of Chartered Certified Accountants
(ACCA), the Chartered Insurance
Students can alternatively apply Institute (CII), the Chartered Institute
to spend one year studying abroad of Management Accountants (CIMA),
at a range of prestigious partner the Chartered Institute of Public
universities. These include Goizueta Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA),
Business School, Emory University, the Institute of Chartered Accountants
United States; Hong Kong University in England and Wales (ICAEW), the
of Science and Technology, Hong Institute of Chartered Accountants
Kong; and the University of Maryland, of Scotland (ICAS) and the Institute
United States, among many others. of Financial Services (IFS).
Studying abroad enables students to
For the most current and
expand their international network of
comprehensive information about
contacts, develop a wider perspective
this course, please visit our website.
in the world of global finance and
enhance their career prospects.
Our dedicated Placements and Study
Abroad teams are on hand to support
students through the work experience
Enquiries
and study abroad process.
Email: cassug@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/cubf

www.city.ac.uk 87
Business Management courses
BSc (Hons)*

The five Business Management degrees equip students with the


Cass Business School

broad-based knowledge, skills and education for a career in the


global business world.

These flexible degrees in Business BSc Business Management,


UCAS code Management provide detailed
Various codes. See main text. Digital Innovation
knowledge of how businesses work and Entrepreneurship
and what a manager needs to know. (UCAS code: N103)
Duration
3 or 4 years. Students have the choice of studying This pathway provides students
on one of the following pathways: with the skills to understand
With the following optional routes:
technological and innovation trends
— Three years with a replacement BSc Business Management and their impact on the operations
second year studying abroad (to be (UCAS code: N102) of organisations. Students also gain
selected in year one of study).** This degree gives a solid grounding in an understanding of the processes
— Four-year sandwich, with a the key areas of business management involved in creating digital startups
professional work placement or and provides the essential skills and from inception to launch. Upon
study abroad year (to be selected tools required by the manager. These completion of the course, students
in year two of study).** include strategy, marketing, finance, know how to help organisations
operations management, accounting, identify and react to opportunities
Entry requirements people and organisations, economics, and threats of technology-based
Typical requirements: business statistics and human disruptive innovation.
resource management.
— ‘A’ Level: AAA. BSc International Business
— BTEC: DDD. BSc Business with Finance (UCAS code: N120)
(UCAS code: N1N3) The International Business degree
— E xtended Project Qualification
Students gain an understanding offers a broad general introduction to a
(EPQ): We welcome applications
of the various elements of running range of topics which are essential for
that include the EPQ. Where
a business and managing an every well-equipped executive, but the
relevant, this may be included in
organisation. The choice to focus core focus is on the area of international
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
on finance in the second and final business. Students must spend time at
offer reduced by one grade.
years makes students exceptionally one of our overseas partner universities,
— IB: 36 points overall, with a minimum well equipped to take their places either as part of the replacement second
of 5 in each subject. in the finance operation of a large year scheme or on a sandwich year
In addition, the following is required: company or to work in the financial scheme. The final-year project focuses
services sector. on an area of international business
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/ that students have encountered during
grade C in English and grade 6/ BSc Business with Marketing their time overseas.
grade B (‘A’ Level and Access to
(UCAS code: N1N5)
Higher Education applicants) or grade At any time during the first one and a
7/grade A (all other qualification This pathway provides students half years of the degree, students can
combinations) in Mathematics. with a knowledge of marketing that switch to a different pathway, subject
is grounded in theory and practice. to the availability of places; some
English language requirements It suits students who are interested restrictions may apply if the student is
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum in key aspects of marketing such spending the second year on a study
of 6.0 in each component. as buyer behaviour, branding and abroad scheme.
communications, customer insights,
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a digital marketing and marketing
minimum of 50 in each component. strategy. Students acquire core and
specialised marketing knowledge
along with transferable skills that
prepare them for a wide range of roles
in the marketing industry.

88 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Business Management courses BSc (Hons)
Course structure Opportunities for work Career opportunities
Core modules, common to all placements and study abroad BSc (Hons) Business Management
pathways, provide a solid grounding A key part of this degree is the provides a sound basis for a
in the principles and practice opportunity to gain professional career in business management,
of all fundamental aspects of work experience or a period of management consultancy, or in areas
business management. A choice of study abroad. including finance, stockbroking,
specialised electives is offered in marketing and IT. It also provides
years two and three to strengthen Students are eligible to apply for a a firm grounding for students
students’ knowledge and skills and one-year paid work placement which setting out as entrepreneurs.
to introduce them to the most recent takes place during the third year of a Graduates from the Digital Innovation
trends and issues in their theory four-year sandwich degree course. and Entrepreneurship pathway
and practice. Third year electives Students enjoy a wide range of can work for a large organisation,
cover a range of topics and are not opportunities in business areas such identifying and reacting to threats
restricted to the specialist areas as finance, marketing and human of technology-based disruptive
represented by the pathways. resource management. innovation, but will also be in a
Cass students have recently taken position to launch a digital startup.
In year three, students also have The International Business
the opportunity to demonstrate up placements within many leading
corporate organisations including pathway is ideal for students
their ability to pursue in-depth looking to work for a multinational
independent research and study on EY, Goldman Sachs, IBM, L’Oreal,
Microsoft, Morgan Stanley, UBS, organisation, interacting with
a business-related theme of their clients from across the globe.
choice in the form of the final-year Unicef UK and Universal Pictures.
The Business with Finance
project. If students are following Students can alternatively pathway prepares students for a
a specialist pathway route, the apply to spend one year studying financial career in any large or
final-year project theme must be abroad at a range of prestigious medium-sized business, where
related to the chosen pathway. partner universities. the combination of management
In all three years of students’ degrees skills and financial understanding
Students on all pathways have the make them an invaluable asset.
we offer six language options at option to apply to study abroad,
several levels as extracurricular Graduates from the Business
however, students who wish to with Marketing pathway can
courses. Please visit our website graduate from the International
for more information: www.cass.city. seek roles either with a specialist
Business pathway must spend advertising/publicity business
ac.uk/courses/undergraduate part of their degree at an overseas or within the marketing team of a
partner university. large organisation.
The study abroad period for all
pathways could take place during the For the most current and
second year of a three-year degree comprehensive information about
or as a sandwich year, extending the this course, please visit our website.
degree to four years.
* At the point of publication of this Studying abroad enables students to
prospectus (February 2017), this course expand their international network of Enquiries
remains subject to approval. Please contacts, develop a wider perspective Email: cassug@city.ac.uk
visit our website before applying for in the world of global business and
this course to ensure it is available enhance their career prospects. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040
for the 2018/19 academic year.
Our dedicated Placements and Study Course webpage
** S
 tudents on the BSc International Abroad teams are on hand to support
Business pathway must complete students through the work experience www.city.ac.uk/cbma
a study abroad option. and study abroad process.

www.city.ac.uk 89
Finance
BSc (Hons)

The BSc (Hons) Finance degree provides students with


Cass Business School

the academic knowledge and skills required to operate


in the increasingly competitive world of finance.

This course is designed to look Core modules:


UCAS code into various aspects of financial — Banking and financial institutions
N3N3 markets with emphasis on corporate — Business skills
finance and governance of global — Finance and investment
Duration enterprises. The ever-increasing — Introductory financial accounting
3 years. importance of corporate finance and — Introductory management
With the following optional routes: its subsequent governance remains accounting
at the cornerstone of modern finance — Macroeconomics
— Three years with a replacement
debates and regulatory reforms. — Microeconomics
second year studying abroad (to be
Several acquired soft skills and strong — Quantitative methods.
selected in year one of study).
academic knowledge place graduates
— Four-year sandwich, with a at the forefront of multinational firms Year two
professional work placement or and financial intermediaries. The The second year develops students’
study abroad year (to be selected course has a strong international theoretical knowledge of finance,
in year two of study). orientation while blending the investment and accounting. Students
academic and professional elements also study econometrics, which forms
Entry requirements of the modern financial world. the basis of modelling and testing in
Typical requirements: finance. Three elective modules chosen
This degree covers all areas of from a wide range allow students to
— ‘A’ Level: AAA. finance with an emphasis on equity, focus on areas relevant to their own
— BTEC: DDD. whereas the BSc (Hons) Banking interests and career aspirations,
and International Finance and such as investment, finance and risk,
— E xtended Project Qualification the BSc (Hons) Investment and accounting and real estate.
(EPQ): We welcome applications Financial Risk Management provide
that include the EPQ. Where core skills in the areas of banking Core modules:
relevant, this may be included in and securities and financial risk — Asset management
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level management, respectively. — Company valuation
offer reduced by one grade. — Derivatives
Course structure — Financial accounting
— IB: 36 points overall, with a — Financial econometrics.
minimum of 5 in each subject. Year one
The first year provides students with Year three
In addition, the following is required: a strong foundation in financial The third year develops students’
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 5/ markets, banking, economics and knowledge of corporate finance,
grade C in English and grade 6/ accounting, enabling them to relate governance and international finance
grade B (‘A’ Level and Access to their studies to the financial sector to an advanced level. Students also
Higher Education applicants) or grade from an early stage and develop an select three electives which may
7/grade A (all other qualification understanding of the tools used in either extend their knowledge of
combinations) in Mathematics. applied investment analysis, including finance and the applications of
mathematical, statistical, database, mathematical models, or enhance
English language requirements computing and presentation skills. their understanding of the role of
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum financial markets. Alternatively,
of 6.0 in each component. they may focus on areas such as
investment or accounting. Students
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
may undertake a dissertation or a
minimum of 50 in each component.
final-year essay in a subject relevant to
their interests and career aspirations.

90 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Finance BSc (Hons)
Core modules: Our dedicated Placements and Study
— Corporate finance Abroad teams are on hand to support
— Corporate governance students through the work experience
— International finance. and study abroad process.
In all three years of students’ degrees Career opportunities
we offer six language options at Graduates of the BSc Finance are
several levels as extracurricular well-placed to enter a career in the
courses. Please visit our website finance industry, working for financial
for more information: www.cass.city. intermediaries, in the treasuries
ac.uk/courses/undergraduate division of multinational firms, for
brokerage houses (securities and/or
Opportunities for work insurance), in auditing and consulting,
placements and study abroad for treasury departments of any
A key part of this degree is the corporations, within central banks
opportunity to gain professional work and regulatory offices, in enterprise
experience or a period of study abroad. risk management divisions and as
analysts for debt and equity markets.
Students are eligible to apply for
a one-year paid work placement
which takes place during the third For the most current and
year of a four-year sandwich degree comprehensive information about
course. Cass students enjoy a wide this course, please visit our website.
range of opportunities in business
areas such as corporate finance,
operations, sales and trading, prime
brokerage and hedge funds. Students
on our other finance courses have
recently taken up placements within
many leading corporate organisations,
including American Express,
Goldman Sachs, UBS, the Bank of
England and Morgan Stanley.
Students can alternatively apply
to spend one year studying abroad
at a range of prestigious partner
universities. These include the
McIntire School of Commerce,
University of Virginia, United States;
Queensland University of Technology,
Australia; Bocconi University, Italy;
and the Mannheim Business School, Enquiries
Germany, among many others. Email: cassug@city.ac.uk
Studying abroad enables students to Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040
expand their international network of
contacts, develop a wider perspective Course webpage
in the world of global finance and
enhance their career prospects. www.city.ac.uk/cufi

www.city.ac.uk 91
Investment and
Financial Risk Management
BSc (Hons)
The BSc (Hons) Investment and Financial Risk Management
Cass Business School

covers both the internal aspects of financial institutions


and the external factors that affect the investment arena
and modern financial markets in general.

This degree provides an in-depth Year two


UCAS code understanding of the theoretical The second year deepens students’
N390 and professional aspects that knowledge, enabling them to
Duration underpin modern investment and interpret financial data through
3 years. risk management techniques. the use of advanced statistical tools
Students acquire a sound knowledge and formulate and solve complex
With the following optional routes: of how to apply these techniques to problems in finance. Students gain
— Three years with a replacement equity markets, asset and portfolio a thorough understanding of the
second year studying abroad (to be management, bond trading, security framework for the measurement
selected in year one of study). analysis, derivatives hedging, of risk and return. The course also
investment banking, hedge funds introduces econometrics and students
— Four-year sandwich, with a and many other areas relating to can take elective modules in subjects
professional work placement or global financial markets. such as investment, finance and
study abroad year (to be selected risk, insurance and real estate.
in year two of study). Course structure
Year one Core modules include:
Entry requirements The first year provides students with — Security analysis
Typical requirements: a strong foundation in financial — Portfolio theory and
markets, banking, economics and investment valuation
— ‘A’ Level: AAA.
accounting, enabling them to relate — Derivatives, trading and hedging.
— BTEC: DDD. their studies to the financial sector
Year three
from an early stage and develop an
— E xtended Project Qualification In the final year, core modules
understanding of the tools used in
(EPQ): We welcome applications enable students to gain in-depth
applied investment analysis, including
that include the EPQ. Where knowledge of investment and
mathematical, statistical, database,
relevant, this may be included in financial risk management.
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level computing and presentation skills.
offer reduced by one grade. Core modules include:
Core modules:
— Asset-liability management
— IB: 36 points overall, with a — Banking and financial institutions
— Equity investment management
minimum of 5 in each subject. — Business skills
— Financial engineering
— Finance and investment
In addition, the following is required: — Fixed income portfolio
— Introductory financial accounting
management.
— GCSE: A minimum of grade grade — Introductory management
5/grade C in English and grade 6/ accounting Elective modules allow students
grade B (‘A’ Level and Access to — Macroeconomics to extend their study of these
Higher Education applicants) or grade — Microeconomics subjects or to focus on areas
7/grade A (all other qualification — Quantitative methods. ranging from financial accounting
combinations) in Mathematics. to advanced corporate finance.
English language requirements In all three years of students’ degrees
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum we offer six language options at
of 6.0 in each component. several levels as extracurricular
courses. Please visit our website
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a for more information: www.cass.city.
minimum of 50 in each component. ac.uk/courses/undergraduate

92 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Investment and Financial Risk Management BSc (Hons)
Opportunities for work Career opportunities
placements and study abroad The majority of graduates from
A key part of this degree is the this course enter challenging and
opportunity to gain professional work rewarding careers in the investment
experience or a period of study abroad. and risk management field and in the
fund management industry. Graduates
Students are eligible to apply for a keen to transfer their specialist
one-year paid work placement which quantitative modelling techniques
takes place during the third year of take up front-office roles such as
a four-year sandwich degree course. trading, bonds and stocks, while
Cass students enjoy a wide range others are employed in market risk
of opportunities in business areas management and fund management
such as sales and trading, hedge or with regulators such as the Bank of
funds, prime brokerage and equity England and the Financial Conduct
research. Students have recently Authority. Recent employers also
taken up placements within many include Barclays Capital, BNP Paribas,
leading corporate organisations, Citi, Credit Suisse Group, Deutsche
including AXA Investment Bank, Morgan Stanley and RBS.
Managers, Goldman Sachs, Morgan
Stanley, UBP and Walt Disney. Accreditation
Students can alternatively apply Specific modules exempt students
to spend one year studying abroad from the professional examinations
at a range of prestigious partner of the Chartered Insurance Institute
universities. These include (CII), the Association of Chartered
Bocconi University, Italy; the Certified Accountants (ACCA), the
Hong Kong University of Science Chartered Institute of Management
and Technology, Hong Kong; and Accountants (CIMA), the Chartered
Queen’s Smith School of Business, Institute of Public Finance and
Canada, among many others. Accountancy (CIPFA), the Institute
of Chartered Accounts in England
Studying abroad enables students to and Wales (ICAEW), the Institute
expand their international network of of Chartered Accountants of
contacts, develop a wider perspective Scotland (ICAS) and the Institute
in the world of global finance and of Financial Services (IFS).
enhance their career prospects.
For the most current and
Our dedicated Placements and Study comprehensive information about
Abroad teams are on hand to support this course, please visit our website.
students through the work experience
and study abroad process.

Enquiries
Email: cassug@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 4040

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/cfrm

www.city.ac.uk 93
School of
Health Sciences
School of Health Sciences

The School of Health Sciences at City, University of London is a


leader in the field of healthcare education and health policy due
to its interdisciplinary approach and world class research.

Charlotte Bird
Midwifery BSc (Hons)
Second year
As a born-and-bred northerner,
I never thought a university would
have enough potential to make
me want to move halfway across
the country. However, midway
through my second year, City has
not disappointed. I was drawn here
predominantly by the promise of a
campus in central London and the
location has been invaluable to me
during my studies in one of London’s
biggest maternity units. The diversity
of both staff and clients has helped
me to grow as a midwife more than I
could have ever imagined and I look
forward to beginning my career in
the heart of London thanks to the
contacts I’ve made at City.

94 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Degrees offered

98 A
 dult Nursing BSc (Hons)
100 Child Nursing BSc (Hons)
102 Health and Social Care BSc (Hons)
104 Mental Health Nursing BSc (Hons)
106 Midwifery BSc (Hons)
108 Optometry BSc (Hons) or
MOptom (Hons)
110 Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging)
BSc (Hons)
112 Radiography (Radiotherapy
and Oncology) BSc (Hons)
114 Speech and Language Science
BSc (Hons)
116 Speech and Language Therapy
BSc (Hons)

www.city.ac.uk 95
Graduates of the The School of Health Sciences is a
School enjoy excellent world-leading provider of healthcare
education and applied healthcare
employment prospects, research in the UK and overseas.
Health Sciences students are
with 93 per cent moving introduced to the working healthcare
environment from the beginning of
into employment or their courses; undertaking placements
at some of London’s leading hospitals
School of Health Sciences

further study within six and private healthcare providers


and partaking in simulated learning
months of graduation. within our excellent on-site facilities
which include a state-of-the-art
Clinical Skills Centre, specialist
labs, radiography VERT suite and
two on-campus clinics: City Sight
and the Roberta Williams Speech
and Language Therapy Centre,
which provide a comprehensive
range of services and educational
resources in vision and speech
and language sciences.

Preparing for the future


The School is committed to ensuring
students graduate with the skills,
confidence and experience to
succeed in a range of careers in the
health sector. As a health graduate
students have the opportunity to
enter into one of the country’s largest
employment sectors; experiencing
the challenges and rewards that come
from working within healthcare and
the potential for steady progression
and a lifelong career. Graduates of the
School enjoy excellent employment
prospects, with 93 per cent moving
into employment or further study
within six months of graduation.

Shanice Joshi
Optometry BSc (Hons)
Third year
One of the most exciting things about
being a student at City is the fact
that you are based in the centre of
London, a diverse and extraordinary
part of the country where every day
is different. During the second year, Find out more
as an Optometry student at City The information on these pages is correct
you have the opportunity to attend at time of publication (February 2017).
the Association of Optometrists However, this prospectus only provides
weekend. I would greatly recommend an overview of the content and structure
this as it was a great opportunity to of our courses. Certain details are subject
get to know your colleagues better to change and students should refer to
and was an extremely informative our website for a full list of the courses
weekend, helping to prepare students on offer at the School of Health Sciences
for pre-registration placements in the and the most current and comprehensive
future. City’s new optometry clinics information about any courses they are
provide leading-edge equipment and interested in.
facilities to help students learn and
thrive as budding optometrists.   www.city.ac.uk/health

96 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Research excellence at the Here we provide a short overview of to control and cure this disease.
School of Health Sciences what to expect from undergraduate Radiographers may progress to
The School is committed to delivering study in our fields of expertise: advanced and consultant practice
world-leading research that influences status or dosimetry, move into
Nursing: A career in nursing puts research or become lecturers and
healthcare provision both in the UK graduates at the forefront of modern
and overseas. In the most recent train others in the profession. In all
healthcare delivery. It is a challenging areas of their work, radiographers
Research Excellence Framework and rewarding profession that makes
(REF) 2014, 82 per cent of the can make a real difference to both
a real difference to people’s lives. patients and practitioners.

Introduction
research submitted by the School It is much more than a job – it is a
was rated as either world-leading (4*) lifelong career in which nurses can Speech and Language Science:
or internationally excellent (3*). develop their skills and interests Speech and language therapy is a
Over the past five years, staff have within a range of specialisms. Nurses challenging and fast-developing
been involved in research grant work in many different healthcare profession. It is an interesting
awards amounting to approximately settings from hospitals and schools to and rewarding career for those
£75 million in research funding in the patients’ homes, with the opportunity interested in the nature of human
fields of vision sciences, maternal and to work in rural, urban and overseas communication and wishing to work
child health, midwifery, healthcare settings. A career in nursing also with people with a communication
delivery, mental health nursing and offers steady professional progression impairment – anything from a
public health. This world-leading and the opportunity to continue stammer, or hearing loss, to loss of
research covers areas offered on with education at postgraduate level speech following a stroke. Speech
our undergraduate courses. alongside a job. and language therapists work with
clients of all ages and across a range
Students of language and Midwifery: Midwives support of settings, including health centres,
communication science may learn women, parents and families at one hospitals, schools, charities and
from staff who are pioneering new of the most crucial times of their lives, universities. A degree in Speech
studies into British Sign Language during pregnancy, childbirth and the and Language Science provides a
acquisition among deaf and postnatal period. Midwives play a vital more interdisciplinary overview of
hearing impaired children, or who role in promoting and maintaining communication, with the option
are developing new approaches health, facilitating normal childbirth to take modules within the social
to helping people with aphasia and helping women make informed sciences and to move into professions
communicate through gesture. choices about their care. Midwifery is where communication skills and
a rewarding and challenging career in processes are central.
In nursing and midwifery our which midwives can make a positive
staff are exploring how patients contribution to the lives of every child Health and Social Care: The study
with long-term health conditions and parent in their care. of health and social care at City is
can better manage their health, specifically designed to address
what impact birth settings can have Optometry: Optometry involves the challenges in modern health and
on neonatal outcomes and the study of visual defects and the ways social care systems. The course adopts
interaction between physical and in which these can be corrected or a multidisciplinary and evidence-
mental health conditions. relieved. Optometrists are responsible based approach, drawing on a wide
for examining eyes, recognising any range of insights and research from
Optometry students learn alongside sign of ocular or general disease medicine, sociology, psychology,
academic staff who are experts in affecting the eyes and, where economics, philosophy and related
glaucoma and other diseases of the appropriate, prescribing spectacles disciplines. Graduates of the course
eye and as international leaders or contact lenses. With further will be able to undertake a wide range
in colour vision research. undergraduate training, optometrists of roles, not only within the public
are also permitted to prescribe sector, such as the NHS, but also the
Radiography students work with
various drugs for the treatment of eye not-for-profit (voluntary) and within
staff who explore the side-effects
diseases. Optometry is a flexible and private/independent care sectors.
of radiotherapy. At a broader level,
rewarding career offering independent
students in clinical training may work
and fulfilling work with patients. Selection days
with world leaders in telehealth or
with teams working on implementing Radiography: Radiographers Students applying to courses in
the changing evidence base in a are a central part of the modern the areas of midwifery, nursing,
wide range of areas, including blood healthcare team in hospitals and radiography and speech and language
transfusion practice. need an understanding of technology, therapy are required to attend a
anatomy, physiology, physics and selection day at City, University of
The next step pathology to carry out their work. London as part of the application
Choosing an undergraduate degree is Diagnostic radiographers decide process. Selection days run from
one of the most important decisions which examination to perform, December to June and usually
students will make. The pages that advising on procedures and reporting include both written and oral tests.
follow contain detailed information on on diagnostic images. Therapeutic Find out more at:
each of the degrees we offer, including radiographers treat cancer patients www.city.ac.uk/health/selection-day
overviews of course structures, entry with radiation therapy, one of the
requirements and career opportunities. most effective methods for helping

www.city.ac.uk 97
Adult Nursing
BSc (Hons)

This degree prepares students for a fulfilling and rewarding


School of Health Sciences

career caring for adults of all ages who have had injuries, suffered
accidents, acquired disease or have a range of healthcare needs.

Students combine theoretical study The course is delivered by expert


UCAS code with clinical experience in a range staff through lectures, facilitated
B701 of settings, working with London’s group work and enquiry-based
diverse populations in leading learning opportunities with access to
Duration hospitals and community settings. online course materials, resources,
3 years. Facilities at the School include interactive activities and assessment
a state-of-the-art Clinical Skills and communication tools. An online
Entry requirements
Centre, which includes a simulated clinical skills resource provides
Typical requirements:
ward where students can prepare step-by-step video demonstrations on
— ‘A’ Level: BBB. for their practice experience. clinical skills.
— Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points (typically
Course structure Assessment includes written reports,
BBB or a combination of ‘A’ Levels and reflective essays, group presentations
Year one
other relevant qualifications). and multiple-choice examinations.
The first year focuses on
Practice is assessed by the student’s
— BTEC: DDM (Health and Social Care relationship-centred care and
mentor and practice tutor and by
or Science-related subject only). considers the psychological, social
an Objective Structured Clinical
and biological factors influencing
— E xtended Project Qualification Examination (OSCE) in a simulated
health. Students are required to
(EPQ): We welcome applications environment.
that include the EPQ. Where relevant, undertake a practice placement.
this may be included in our offer, Year two Clinical placements
resulting in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced In the second year, students continue Half of students’ time is spent gaining
by one grade. to explore these themes in the context practice experience through clinical
— IB: 32 points. of acute and long-term care. Students placements and simulated practice.
can also pursue specific clinical This takes place in settings such
In addition, the following is required: interests on a two-week elective as acute care, continuing care, GP
— GCSE: A minimum of five passes practice placement in addition to surgeries, nursing homes, private
at grade 4/grade C, including English course clinical placements. hospitals, patients’ homes and the
and Mathematics. community. Placements take place
Year three within City’s ‘community of practice’,
English language requirements In the final year, the emphasis a partnership of healthcare providers
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum is on leading and managing in in central and north east London.
of 7.0 in each component. professional practice. Students
undertake a 6,000-word dissertation.
Other courses you may like As part of the clinical placement
— Child Nursing BSc (Hons) experience, students spend the final
— Mental Health Nursing BSc (Hons) 12 weeks of the course in practice
— Midwifery BSc (Hons). and have a placement base and
opportunities to identify practice
experiences with their mentor.

98 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Adult Nursing BSc (Hons)
Career opportunities
Additional requirements
Career prospects are excellent, with
Students are required to have
graduates securing employment with
occupational health and enhanced
trusts including Barts Health NHS
disclosure and barring service
Trust, Homerton University Hospitals
clearance. Academic and character
NHS Foundation Trust, University
references are also required.
College London Hospitals NHS
Foundation Trust and North Middlesex As part of the selection process,
University Hospital NHS Trust. shortlisted prospective students will
be invited to a selection day where
Nursing is a lifelong career
they will be required to demonstrate
where students can develop their
that their values match those of the
skills and interests in a range of
NHS Constitution. Visit our website
specialisms including further
for more information: www.city.ac.uk/
advanced practice study at City.
health/selection-day
Accreditation
This course is recognised by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC); on successful completion of
the course students are eligible to
apply for registration with the NMC.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/hadn

www.city.ac.uk 99
Child Nursing
BSc (Hons)

This degree prepares students for a fulfilling and


School of Health Sciences

rewarding career caring for children up to the age


of 16 and supporting their families.

Children’s nurses need to be versatile Course structure


UCAS code and resilient as they care for children Year one
B703 and young people with acute or In the first year the focus is
long-term health problems, mental on relationship-centred care
Duration ill-health, special needs or terminal and the psychological, social
3 years. illness. Students combine theoretical and biological factors influencing
study with clinical experience in health. Students are required to
Entry requirements
a range of settings working with undertake a practice placement.
Typical requirements:
London’s diverse populations in
— ‘A’ Level: BBB. leading hospitals and community Year two
settings. Facilities at the School In the second year, students
— Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points (typically continue to explore these themes in
include a state-of-the-art Clinical
BBB or a combination of ‘A’ Levels the context of acute and long-term
Skills Centre, which includes a
and other relevant qualifications). care. Students can also pursue specific
simulated ward where students can
— BTEC: DDM (Health and Social Care prepare for their practice experience. clinical interests on a two-week
or Science-related subject only). elective practice placement in addition
to course clinical placements.
— E xtended Project Qualification
(EPQ): We welcome applications Year three
that include the EPQ. Where relevant, In the final year, the emphasis is on
this may be included in our offer, leading and managing in professional
resulting in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced practice. Students undertake a
by one grade. 6,000-word dissertation. As part of
the clinical placement experience,
— IB: 32 points.
students undertake a 12-week final
In addition, the following is required: practice placement. The course is
delivered by expert staff through
— GCSE: A minimum of five passes at
lectures, facilitated group work and
grade 4/grade C, including English
enquiry-based learning opportunities
and Mathematics.
with access to online course materials,
English language requirements resources, interactive activities and
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum assessment and communication
of 7.0 in each component. tools. An online clinical skills
resource provides step-by-step video
Other courses you may like demonstrations on clinical skills.
— Adult Nursing BSc (Hons) Assessment includes written
— Mental Health Nursing BSc (Hons) reports, multiple-choice and short
— Midwifery BSc (Hons). answer examinations, reflective
essays, care studies and group
presentations. Practice is assessed
by the student’s mentor and practice
tutor and by Objective Structured
Clinical Examinations (OSCEs) in a
simulated environment.

100 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Child Nursing BSc (Hons)
Clinical placements
Additional requirements
Half of students’ time is spent
gaining practice experience through Students are required to have
clinical placements and simulated occupational health and enhanced
practice. Placement experience is disclosure and barring service
gained in settings such as acute care clearance. Academic and character
in hospitals and trusts including references are also required.
Great Ormond Street Hospital and As part of the selection process,
Barts Health, nursery schools, shortlisted prospective students will
health centres, special schools, in be invited to a selection day where
the community with community they will be required to demonstrate
children’s nurses and with clinical that their values match those of the
specialist children’s nurses. Students NHS Constitution. Visit our website
following the Children’s Nursing for more information: www.city.ac.uk/
pathway rotate around placements health/selection-day
in City’s ‘communities of practice’, a
partnership of healthcare providers
in central and north east London.

Career opportunities
Career prospects are excellent,
with graduates securing employment
with local trusts throughout London
and nationwide. Nursing is a lifelong
career where students can develop
their skills and interests in a range
of specialisms including further
advanced practice study at City.

Accreditation
This course is recognised by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC); on successful completion of
the course students are eligible to
apply for registration with the NMC.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/hchn

www.city.ac.uk 101
Health and Social Care
BSc (Hons)

The health and social care landscape is undergoing significant


School of Health Sciences

and rapid change. This innovative degree is designed to help


students respond to the many current and future challenges
facing the health and social care system.

The course adopts a multidisciplinary Course structure


UCAS code and evidence-based approach,
L510 Year one
drawing on a wide range of insights The first year introduces students
and research from medicine, to the key concepts and principles
Duration sociology, psychology, economics,
3 years. underpinning the philosophy
philosophy and other disciplines. and delivery of health and social
Entry requirements Students are encouraged to think care and develops their ability to
Typical requirements: critically about how factors such evaluate and interpret these.
— ‘A’ Level: BBB. as society, the environment and Core modules:
geography affect our experience — Introduction to health
— Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points (typically of health and illness and of health and social care
BBB or a combination of ‘A’ Levels and and social care services. — Life span studies
other relevant qualifications). — Poverty, housing and welfare
The School of Health Sciences is
— BTEC: DDM (Health and Social Care a world-leading centre for health — Contemporary issues in
or Science-related subject only). education and research. Drawing mental health
on the expertise of academic staff — Researching society
— E xtended Project Qualification
and external experts, the course — History and theory of psychology
(EPQ): We welcome applications
combines academic rigour with the — Contemporary issues in
that include the EPQ. Where relevant,
development of the practical and media studies.
this may be included in our offer,
resulting in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced transferable skills students need Year two
by one grade. to pursue a wide variety of careers Students develop their knowledge
within health and social care. and critical understanding of the
— IB: 35 points.
concepts and principles introduced
In addition, the following is required: in year one and of the way in which
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ these have developed over time.
grade C in English and Mathematics They also acquire knowledge
or Statistics. of the main methods of enquiry
in health and social care.
English language requirements Core modules:
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum — Understanding social change
of 6.5 in each component. — Communities and health
— Integrated and personalised
health and social care
— Introduction to public health
and epidemiology.
Elective modules (students
choose two of these):
— Gender and society
— Sociology of race and racism
— Social psychology
— Engaging technology in health
and social care.

102 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Health and Social Care BSc (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for study abroad
Students develop a systematic City's Exchange and Study Abroad
understanding of key aspects of programmes are a way for students
health and social care, including to broaden their education at an
acquisition of detailed knowledge overseas university as part of their
informed by research at the forefront degree. For example, the School
of the subject. They also sharpen their of Health Sciences has Erasmus
conceptual understanding, enabling Exchange Programme agreements
them to devise and sustain arguments with several universities within
and to describe and comment the EU and students are able to
upon aspects of current research study abroad for a term should
within health and social care. they wish to. For more information
Core modules: visit: www.city.ac.uk/international/
— Using research knowledge exchange-and-study-abroad
— Leadership
— Research project (dissertation). Career opportunities
The course places a high value on
Elective modules (students career planning with students’ career
choose two of these): development emphasised throughout
— Work-based project the course. It is specifically designed to
— Personal and people development provide students with the knowledge
— Health informatics and skills needed to prepare them for
— Managing change a wide variety of careers, both within
— Health psychology the public sector (such as the NHS)
— Food, culture and society. and also the not-for-profit (voluntary)
and private/independent care sectors.
Graduate roles can include the
provision of health and social care
(such as working with vulnerable
adults, children and the elderly);
management and administration
positions; public health and
community development-related roles;
and policy and research-related work,
including lobbying and advocacy.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/hhsc

www.city.ac.uk 103
Mental Health Nursing
BSc (Hons)

This degree prepares students for a fulfilling and rewarding


School of Health Sciences

career in mental health nursing, which focuses on providing


holistic care, enabling people with mental health problems
to be physically safe and emotionally secure.

Students combine theoretical study The course is delivered by expert


UCAS code with clinical experience working staff through lectures, facilitated
B702 with London’s diverse populations group work and enquiry-based
in leading hospitals and community learning opportunities with access to
Duration settings. Facilities at the School online course materials, resources,
3 years. include a state-of-the-art Clinical interactive activities and assessment
Skills Centre, which includes a and communication tools. An
Entry requirements
simulated ward where students can innovative method of group work
Typical requirements:
prepare for their practice experience. supports students and helps them
— ‘A’ Level: BBB. to develop the ability to understand
— Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points (typically
Course structure and process the emotional impact
Year one of working in mental health.
BBB or a combination of ‘A’ Levels
The first year focuses on
and other relevant qualifications). Assessment includes multiple-choice
relationship-centred care and
and short-answer examinations,
— BTEC: DDM (Health and Social Care considers the psychological, social
reflective essays, case-study
or Science-related subject only). and biological factors influencing
reports, laboratory reports, care
health. Students are required to
— E xtended Project Qualification studies, group presentations,
undertake a practice placement.
(EPQ): We welcome applications drug calculation tests and a seen-
that include the EPQ. Where relevant, Year two scenario examination. Practice is
this may be included in our offer, In the second year, students assessed by the student’s mentor and
resulting in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced continue to explore these themes in practice tutor and by an Objective
by one grade. the context of acute and long-term Structured Clinical Examination
— IB: 32 points. care. Students can also pursue specific (OSCE) in a simulated environment.
clinical interests on a two-week
In addition, the following is required: elective practice placement in addition Clinical placements
— GCSE: A minimum of five passes to course clinical placements. Half of students’ time is spent gaining
at grade 4/grade C, including English practice experience through clinical
and Mathematics. Year three placements and simulated practice.
In the third year, the emphasis is The clinical placement allows
English language requirements on leading and managing in students to explore the journeys of
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum professional practice. Students service users including older people,
of 7.0 in each component. undertake a 6,000-word dissertation. the severely ill, those in recovery and
As part of the clinical placement those detained in secure settings.
Other courses you may like experience, students spend the final
— Adult Nursing BSc (Hons) 12 weeks of the course in practice
— Child Nursing BSc (Hons). and have a placement base and
opportunities to identify practice
experiences with their mentor.

104 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Mental Health Nursing BSc (Hons)
Career opportunities
Additional requirements
City students are highly employable,
Students are required to have
with graduates starting on an
occupational health and enhanced
annual average salary of £25,000 in
disclosure and barring service
roles such as intensive care nurse,
clearance. Academic and character
paediatric nurse, mental health nurse
references are also required.
and community staff nurse in the UK’s
leading hospitals and trusts. Nursing As part of the selection process,
is a lifelong career where students can shortlisted prospective students will
develop their skills and interests in a be invited to a selection day where
range of specialisms including further they will be required to demonstrate
advanced practice study at City. that their values match those of the
NHS Constitution. Visit our website
Accreditation for more information: www.city.ac.uk/
This course is recognised by the health/selection-day
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC); on successful completion of
the course students are eligible to
apply for registration with the NMC.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/hmnu

www.city.ac.uk 105
Midwifery
BSc (Hons)

This degree prepares students for a challenging and rewarding career as


School of Health Sciences

a midwife. Students combine theoretical study with clinical experience in


a range of settings, working with London’s diverse populations in leading
hospitals and community settings.

BSc (Hons) Midwifery students benefit Core modules include:


UCAS code from a 120-year history in educating — Reproductive biology, pathology
B715 midwives (as the St Bartholomew and pharmacology
School of Nursing and Midwifery) — Developing relationships in
Duration and from facilities including the midwifery practice
3 years. Clinical Skills Centre, with its state- — Developing skills for
of-the-art laboratories where students midwifery practice
Entry requirements
can rehearse their caring skills prior — Skills for coordinating
Typical requirements:
to their placements. complex midwifery care
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. (practice experience).
Course structure
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically Elective modules include:
Year one
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). — Sexual health in relation
Students develop skills, professional
to midwifery practice
— BTEC: DDD (Extended Diploma in knowledge and an understanding
— Anthropology of childbirth.
Health and Social Care or Science- of the midwife’s role, working
related subject). in partnership with women and Year three
— E xtended Project Qualification multidisciplinary teams. An Students gain competence in
(EPQ): We welcome applications introduction to the fundamental caring for women who choose to
that include the EPQ. Where relevant, principles of midwifery care, including have midwife-led care, including
this may be included in our offer, normal childbirth, is included. home birth, as a mode of
resulting in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced delivery. Students are supported
Core modules include:
by one grade. to develop their autonomy and
— Foundation skills for midwifery
accountability as a midwife.
— IB: 33 points. practice
— Developing skills for caring Core modules include:
In addition, the following is required: in normal midwifery practice — Developing autonomy in midwifery
— GCSE: A minimum of five passes (practice experience) practice (practice experience)
at grade 4/grade C, including English — Introduction to human biology — Leading and managing in
and Mathematics. — Public health, midwifery and professional midwifery practice
healthy communities — Dissertation.
English language requirements — Using evidence in midwifery
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum practice. Each module is assessed using
of 7.0 in each component. a range of methods including
Year two written assignments, simulations,
Using evidence in midwifery practice, examinations, practice-based
students develop their identity as a assessments and skills assessments.
midwife. Wider issues such as women’s A literature-based study of 6,000
health and the public health role of words is required in the final year.
the midwife are covered. Students
are able to recognise the value and
importance of working within a
multi-professional team to ensure
the best possible outcome for women
and babies when complexities arise.

106 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Midwifery BSc (Hons)
Clinical placements
Additional requirements
Sixty per cent of course time is
Students are required to have
spent gaining practice experience
occupational health and enhanced
through clinical placements.
disclosure and barring service
These occur in settings such as
clearance. Academic and character
hospitals, birthing centres, clinics,
references are also required.
clients’ homes and GP surgeries,
working with a diverse and complex As part of the selection process,
population. Students gain a unique shortlisted prospective students will
work experience through clinical be invited to a selection day where
placements in London’s leading they will be required to demonstrate
hospitals and community settings. that their values match those of the
NHS Constitution. Visit our website
Career opportunities for more information: www.city.ac.uk/
Career prospects are excellent, with health/selection-day
graduates securing employment
with trusts including Barts Health
NHS Trust, Homerton University
Hospital NHS Foundation Trust and
University College London Hospitals
NHS Foundation Trust.

Accreditation
This course is recognised by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC); on successful completion of
the course students are eligible to
apply for registration with the NMC.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/humi

www.city.ac.uk 107
Optometry
BSc (Hons) or MOptom (Hons)

City is the only university in London to offer the BSc (Hons)


School of Health Sciences

Optometry and was one of the first institutions in the world to


provide education in technical optics, beginning in 1898.

Students benefit from state-of- Year three


UCAS code the-art clinics and laboratories, Students develop the knowledge
B510 including the City Sight Optometry and clinical skills that form the basis
Clinic and from study, placement of optometric practice by seeing
Duration and employment opportunities in a patients under supervision at the
3 years. diverse capital city. City’s Division City Sight Optometry Clinic. Students
of Optometry and Visual Science carry out full eye examinations and
Entry requirements has an excellent reputation, with gain specialist skills in primary
Typical requirements: expert academics from a range of care, paediatrics, binocular vision,
— ‘A’ Level: AAB (including two from disciplines, including optometrists, contact lenses, dispensing and visual
the following: Biology, Chemistry, ophthalmologists, dispensing opticians, impairment clinics.
Mathematics or Physics). orthoptists, physicists, psychologists,
neuroscientists and biologists. Core modules include:
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points (typically — Eye disease and therapeutics
AAB or ABB with a relevant EPQ). Course structure — Clinical skills and
— E xtended Project Qualification Year one professional practice
(EPQ): We welcome applications Students build a foundation in — Binocular vision, paediatrics
that include the EPQ. Where the basic sciences that underpin and visual impairment
relevant, this may be included in optometry and start their clinical — Contact lenses II
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level training from day one. Lectures — Research studies.
offer reduced by one grade. are supported by tutorials and The BSc (Hons) Optometry course
— BTEC: BTEC is not considered. laboratory-based work. prepares students for their pre-
Core modules include: registration period in high street,
— IB: 34 points overall, including independent practice or hospital
6 in two Higher Level sciences — Human biology
— Optics optometry. Many of our students go
and 5 in Standard Level on to specialise in different branches
English and Mathematics. — Visual optics and mathematics
— Ophthalmic lenses and dispensing of optometry and take on leading roles
In addition, the following is required: — Clinical skills. in the profession.
— GCSE: A minimum of five passes Year two Clinical placements
at grade 4/grade C, including In the second year, students expand Students attend Moorfields Eye
English and Mathematics. and enhance their clinical skills, Hospital, one of the world’s
developing an understanding of leading eye hospitals, where they
English language requirements ocular and systemic disease coupled gain experience in observing
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum with the neuroscience of visual ophthalmologists diagnose and
of 7.0 in each component. perception. Clinical confidence and manage eye conditions such as
competence is supported by expert cataract, age-related macular
guidance in utilising the latest degeneration and glaucoma as
technologies to investigate ocular well as having the opportunity to
abnormalities, preparing students for watch surgery being carried out in
the final-year clinics. the operating theatres. In addition,
experience is gained at the Royal
Core modules include:
National Institute for the Blind’s
— Visual science
resource centre in central London.
— General pathology and eye disease
— Clinical skills II
— Contact lenses
— Ophthalmic lenses and
dispensing II
— Binocular vision.

108 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Optometry BSc (Hons) or MOptom (Hons)
Career opportunities
Additional requirements
Optometry offers a varied and flexible
Students are required to have enhanced
career with opportunities in private
disclosure and barring service clearance
practice, hospital eye departments,
and must complete an occupational
research and education. Graduates
health questionnaire before commencing
can also go on to study an advanced
the course.
practice MSc or PhD at City.
Students are required to register with
Accreditation the General Optical Council and maintain
All of the optometry courses are this registration throughout their
accredited by the General Optical degree course.
Council for the first part of the
training of optometrists. Full
registration is gained after successful
completion of the Scheme for
Registration (pre-registration year).

Master in Optometry (Hons)


The MOptom consists of an additional
year that runs in conjunction with
students’ pre-registration training
and consists of four Masters-level
modules covering:
— Critical thinking in
ophthalmic practice
— Glaucoma
— Medical retina
— Optometric practice.
The MOptom prepares students for
a career in specialist optometric
practice, clinical research or the
hospital eye service.
Entry onto the MOptom course is
limited to 20 places, subject to a
selection process. Students will need
to obtain an aggregate of at least 60
per cent on the first three years of
the Optometry course in order to be
considered for entry.
Enquiries
For the most current and Email: health@city.ac.uk
comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/huop

www.city.ac.uk 109
Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging)
BSc (Hons)

The BSc (Hons) Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) provides


School of Health Sciences

students with the knowledge and skills to diagnose disease


and trauma by producing and interpreting images.

Diagnostic radiographers work at Year two


UCAS code the forefront of technological In the second year, students move
B821 innovations. They are at the heart of on to more specialised subjects and
modern medicine and specialists in begin to apply the knowledge and
Duration using a range of imaging technologies experience gained in year one.
3 years. including x-rays, ultrasound and
magnetic resonance imaging. Core modules include:
Entry requirements — Radiography research and statistics
Typical requirements: City has one of the most well-equipped — Scientific principles of medical
— ‘A’ Level: BBB (including radiography clinical skills suites imaging 2
one of Biology, Chemistry, in the UK. Facilities include a fully — Professional practice in
Mathematics or Physics). equipped radiography clinical medical imaging
skills suite with two specialist x-ray — Advanced principles of imaging
— Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points (typically rooms, a dedicated image viewing in practice.
BBB or BBC with a relevant EPQ). suite and two ultrasound scanners.
— BTEC: D*D*D (Applied Science Diagnostic radiographers use a Year three
or Medical Science only). range of imaging modalities such During the final year, students
as conventional/plain radiography, become more critical and evaluative
— E xtended Project Qualification fluoroscopy, computed tomography, in their work.
(EPQ): We welcome applications magnetic resonance imaging,
that include the EPQ. Where ultrasound and nuclear medicine. Core modules include:
relevant, this may be included in — Research exercise
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level Students benefit from our — Scientific principles of medical
offer reduced by one grade. close links with both radiology imaging 3
departments in partner hospitals — Image interpretation
— IB: 33 points (must include Physics). and the radiography profession. — Preparation for
In addition, the following is required: radiographic practice
Course structure — Management and advancement
— GCSE: Unless studying towards an of radiographic practice.
Access to HE Diploma in a relevant Half of the course is spent in the
University and the other half on
subject, all applicants must have Students learn in several ways
clinical placement.
5 GCSEs including Mathematics, including lectures, seminars
English Language and Double Year one and professional training in the
Science at grade 4/grade C or above. The compulsory modules in the first radiography clinical skills suite, which
year introduce the principles and simulates the clinical environment.
English language requirements practice of diagnostic imaging. Year
IELTS: 7.5 overall with a minimum Work is assessed through
one is spent primarily in the University.
of 7.0 in each component. coursework, written examinations,
Core modules include: presentations, class tests, multiple-
Other courses you may like — Common module 1 choice tests, practical examinations
— Radiography (Radiotherapy and — Common module 2 and clinical assessments while
Oncology) BSc (Hons). — Anatomy, physiology and on clinical placement.
pathology 1
— Anatomy, physiology and
pathology 2
— Scientific principles of medical
imaging 1
— Digital imaging
— Principles of imaging in practice 1
— Principles of imaging in practice 2.

110 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging) BSc (Hons)
Clinical placements
Additional requirements
City works in partnership with a range
Applicants must complete a supportive
of hospital trusts in London and Essex.
clinical visit feedback form in regard to
During their course, students have one
the discipline they apply for. These can
primary clinical placement at a main
be found on our website.
site but rotate through other hospitals
to gain greater clinical experience. Students are required to have
occupational health, enhanced
Career opportunities disclosure and barring service
City’s course has excellent clearance. Academic and character
employability rates; most graduates references are also required.
find employment in the NHS or
private hospitals. Graduates may also As part of the selection process, shortlisted
be able to practise internationally. prospective students will be invited to a
With appropriate post-qualification selection day where they will be required
experience, graduates can also go on to to demonstrate that their values match
study Radiography at MSc level at City. those of the NHS Constitution. Visit our
website for more information: www.city.
Accreditation ac.uk/health/selection-day
On graduation, students are
professionally recognised by the
College of Radiographers and are
eligible to apply for registration with
the Health and Care Professions
Council to practise in the UK.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/hrdi

www.city.ac.uk 111
Radiography (Radiotherapy
and Oncology)
BSc (Hons)
The BSc (Hons) Radiography (Radiotherapy and Oncology) gives students
School of Health Sciences

the knowledge and skills to work on the frontline of cancer care.

Therapeutic radiographers are Year two


UCAS code specialists in hospital healthcare In their second year, students move
B822 teams who use advanced technology on to more specialised subjects and
and machines to plan and deliver begin to apply the knowledge and
Duration radiation treatment for cancer experience gained in year one.
3 years. patients with pinpoint accuracy.
City has one of the best-equipped Core modules include:
Entry requirements
radiography clinical skills suites in — Radiography research and statistics
Typical requirements:
the UK, including a life-size virtual — Management and radiotherapy
— ‘A’ Level: BBB (including one of radiotherapy environment. There are technique A
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics also close links with radiotherapy — Competence to practise A
or Physics). departments in hospitals, the — Radiotherapy physics and planning
radiotherapy profession and industry. — Radiobiology.
— Tariff: 120 UCAS tariff points (typically
Excellent interpersonal skills are
BBB or BBC with a relevant EPQ).
needed in all aspects of the profession, Year three
— BTEC: D*D*D (Applied Science for example, to explain complex During the final year, the modules
or Medical Science only). treatment plans, while supporting help students to become more critical
patients and their families. and evaluative in their work.
— E xtended Project Qualification
(EPQ): We welcome applications Core modules include:
that include the EPQ. Where Course structure — Holistic care
relevant, this may be included in Students spend equal time at the — Management and radiotherapy
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level University and at their allocated technique B
offer reduced by one grade. clinical placements. — Competence to practise B1
Year one — Competence to practise B2
— IB: 33 points (must include Physics). — Healthcare policy and quality
The compulsory modules in the
In addition, the following is required: first year introduce students to management
the principles and practice of — A research exercise or project.
— GCSE: Unless studying towards an
Access to HE Diploma in a relevant radiotherapy. Year one is spent Students learn through lectures,
subject, all applicants must have primarily in the University. workshops, experience in clinical
5 GCSEs including Mathematics, Core modules include: departments and seminars and
English Language and Double — Common module 1 experience in the Centre for
Science at grade 4/grade C or above. — Common module 2 Radiography Clinical Skills Education.
— Principles of radiotherapy practice Assessment is by coursework,
English language requirements
— Anatomy, physiology and written examinations, class tests,
IELTS: 7.5 overall with a minimum
oncology 1 multiple-choice tests, practical
of 7.0 in each component.
— Anatomy, physiology and examinations, presentations
oncology 2 and clinical assessments while
Other courses you may like
— Radiotherapy equipment. on clinical placement.
— Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging)
BSc (Hons).

112 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Radiography (Radiotherapy and Oncology) BSc (Hons)
Clinical placements
Additional requirements
During their course, students
Applicants must visit a clinical site
rotate around different clinical
relevant to the discipline they apply
sites in order to experience both
for and then submit a supportive visit
breadth and depth of radiotherapy
form completed by the supervising
practice. This will evidence
staff on that placement. These can be
flexibility and adaptability when
found on our website.
applying for your first job.
Students are required to have occupational
Career opportunities health, enhanced disclosure and barring
City’s course has excellent service clearance. Academic and character
employability; nearly all graduates references are also required.
find employment in the NHS or
private hospitals. Graduates may also As part of the selection process, shortlisted
be able to practise internationally. prospective students will be invited to a
With appropriate post-qualification selection day where they will be required
experience, graduates can also go on to to demonstrate that their values match
study Radiography at MSc level at City. those of the NHS Constitution. Visit our
website for more information: www.city.
Accreditation ac.uk/health/selection-day
On graduation, students are
professionally recognised by the
College of Radiographers and are
eligible to apply for registration with
the Health and Care Professions
Council to practise in the UK.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/hrro

www.city.ac.uk 113
Speech and
Language Science
BSc (Hons)
The BSc (Hons) Speech and Language Science is a flexible
School of Health Sciences

and innovative degree which provides a fundamental


understanding of how communication develops, how it
works and how it can break down.

Students develop essential skills Elective modules include:


UCAS code in analytical thinking, written — Instrumental techniques in
B621 and verbal communication, speech and hearing sciences
critical appraisal, teamwork and — Forensic phonetics.
Duration organisation. Students benefit from
3 years. high-quality and research-informed Year three
education and share core modules The focus is on both a research
Entry requirements
with City’s BSc (Hons) Speech and project and the nature of cognition
Typical requirements:
Language Therapy students. and language in children and adults.
— ‘A’ Level: BBB. Core modules:
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically
Course structure — Language sciences 3
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ). Year one — Research project.
The course establishes the foundations
— BTEC: DDD (Extended Diploma in of hearing, speech and language. Elective modules include:
Health and Social Care or Science- Students study four core modules and — Sociolinguistics
related subject). one or two elective modules. — Language and gender:
critical approaches.
— E xtended Project Qualification Core modules:
(EPQ): We welcome applications that — Hearing and speech sciences 1 Learning methods include large
include the EPQ. Where relevant, this — Language sciences 1 group lectures, small-group
may be included in our offer, resulting — Biomedical sciences 1 workshops, tutorials, laboratory
in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced by one — Lifespan studies. work and online and self-directed
grade. learning. The course is assessed
Elective modules: through coursework, written and oral
— IB: 31 points.
— Social context examinations and a research project.
In addition, the following is required: — History and theory of psychology
— GCSE: A minimum of five passes — Language and medium. Career opportunities
at grade 4/grade C, including English Year two This degree leads to careers in
and Mathematics. Students explore the nature of which communication skills and
communication in children and adults processes are central. These can
English language requirements and study research methods. include roles in both the public and
IELTS: 6.5 overall with a minimum of 6.5 private sectors. Graduates can also
in spoken and written components. Core modules: progress to postgraduate study in
— Hearing and speech sciences 2 areas including education, speech
Other courses you may like — Language sciences 2 and language therapy, audiology or
— Speech and Language Therapy — Biomedical sciences 2 foreign language teaching.
BSc (Hons). — Developmental psychology
— Research and evidence For the most current and
based practice. comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/hlas

114 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Speech and Language Science BSc (Hons)

Pictured: Yetty Meadows,


Speech and Language
Therapy BSc (Hons), first year.

www.city.ac.uk 115
Speech and
Language Therapy
BSc (Hons)
City’s BSc (Hons) Speech and Language Therapy
School of Health Sciences

has an excellent reputation and is based within the


largest education, research and clinical division in the
UK for language and communication science.

Students learn in a world-leading Core modules include:


UCAS code environment from academics who — Applied phonetics and phonology
B620 are at the forefront of their field. — Biomedical sciences 2: ENT/
The innovative and research- neurology/brain and behaviour
Duration informed curriculum is supported — Developmental psychology
3 years. by the Roberta Williams Speech and research methods
and Language Therapy Centre, — Language sciences: linguistics
Entry requirements
our in-house speech and language and language development
Typical requirements:
therapy clinic led by specialist — Dysphagia, voice, motor
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. practitioners, offering our students speech disorders, dementia
excellent practice placement — Professional studies 2.
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points (typically
opportunities. City has close links
ABB or BBB with a relevant EPQ).
with speech and language therapy Year three
— BTEC: DDD (Extended Diploma in services throughout London. Students examine the nature
Health and Social Care or Science- of cognition, language and
related subject). Course structure communication disabilities in
Year one children and adults and attend
— E xtended Project Qualification Students explore the foundations weekly clinical placements.
(EPQ): We welcome applications that of speech and the process of
include the EPQ. Where relevant, this Students on the BSc study the
human communication in the
may be included in our offer, resulting following core modules:
social and clinical context.
in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced by one — Evidence-based practice
grade. Core modules include: and data analysis
— Articulatory phonetics, phonology — Acoustic phonetics,
— IB: 33 points. audiology and deafness
and speech development
In addition, the following is required: — Biomedical sciences 1: — Acquired and developmental
anatomy and physiology language disorders
— GCSE: A minimum of five passes — Autism spectrum disorder, learning
at grade 4/grade C, including English — Lifespan studies
— Speech disorders, dysfluency disability, child mental health,
and Mathematics. cerebral palsy, cleft palate
and augmentative and
alternative communication — Professional studies 3
English language requirements
— Professional studies 1. — Research project.
IELTS: 8.0 overall with a minimum
of 7.5 in all components. Students who are achieving at
Year two
2.1 level at the end of year two of
Students explore the nature of speech,
Other courses you may like the BSc may be eligible to join the
communication and swallowing in
— Speech and Language Science Master in Speech and Language
children and adults and attend weekly
BSc (Hons). Therapy (MSLT). The MSLT runs
clinical placements.
in conjunction with the BSc, with
students on the MSLT completing
an additional fourth year of study
where they learn about clinical
leadership and develop their skills
to Masters level in specialist clinical
areas and research. More information
is available on our website.

116 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Speech and Language Therapy BSc (Hons)
A typical week consists of three
days at City, one day in a clinic Additional requirements
and one day of private study. Students are required to have
The course is assessed through occupational health, enhanced disclosure
coursework, clinical reports and and barring service clearance.
written and practical examinations. As part of the selection process,
shortlisted prospective students will
Clinical placements be invited to a selection day where
Placements are essential for they will be required to demonstrate
developing the professional and that their values match those of the
interpersonal skills necessary to NHS Constitution. Visit our website
practise as a speech and language for more information: www.city.ac.uk/
therapist. Students undertake health/selection-day
clinical placements in our in-house
clinic, health centres, schools and
hospitals, with the opportunity to
observe a range of communication
disabilities and apply theoretical
understanding to clinical practice
in settings throughout London.

Career opportunities
Graduates can work with clients of
all ages in health centres, hospitals,
schools, charities and universities
and in the private sector, both in
the UK and overseas. Graduates can
also progress to study an advanced
practice Masters at City.

Accreditation
On successful graduation, graduates
can apply to register with the Health
and Care Professions Council to practise
as a speech and language therapist.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: health@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 5000

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/hlat

www.city.ac.uk 117
The
City Law
The City Law School

School
The City Law School is a major law school in London and
offers an impressive range of academic and professional
courses. Located in the heart of legal London, the School
was the first in the United Kingdom to educate students
and practitioners at all stages of legal education.

Degrees offered

122 Law LLB (Hons)


124 Legal Practice (Online) LLB (Hons)

118 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Christianah Babajide
Law LLB (Hons)
Second year
I had always wanted to study Law
at City in the heart of London. I
have attended workshops, skills
sessions and events at large Magic
Circle firms. These opportunities Amir Saidian 
gave me the chance to network with Law LLB (Hons)
legal professionals on an informal Third year
level. Several graduate recruitment Following graduation, I see myself
specialists have advised me on how specialising in insurance and
to make my applications for vacation underwriting, working with a Lloyd’s
schemes or training contracts stand of London syndicate firm. Law as a
out. This has proved useful as I aspire subject never fails to surprise me and
to become a commercial lawyer. Away I enjoy learning how it affects almost
from my studies, I am also a Student every minute aspect of our day-to-day
Representative, Student Ambassador living. The fact that a degree in Law
and Secretary for City’s Law Society. is so versatile and the skills obtained
Participating in mooting competitions are sought after by employers in a
has honed my public speaking skills variety of industries will enhance my
and has been a great experience. opportunities as a new graduate.

www.city.ac.uk 119
The LLB (Hons) is
highly regarded
by the profession
and students
have moved into
The City Law School

employment at
leading law firms
and in many other
sectors.

Gul-Reza Khan Tareen


Law LLB (Hons)
Second year
Once I graduate from the LLB I
hope to go on to complete the Bar
Professional Training Course at
City, one of only a few universities
that offer the specialised course.
City provides regular mooting
opportunities to Law students,
which gives real practical experience
instead of simply following theory.
City also has regular events and
talks from different law firms. Last
year I attended a talk from Francis
Taylor Buildings (a leading firm in
environmental and public law) about
becoming a barrister, which is my
aspiration. Likewise, if you aspire
to be a solicitor, there are different
talks almost every week. City offers
many events and opportunities to get
closer to the professional legal world.

120 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


The School’s history dates back to At the undergraduate level, the LLB Research excellence at
1852, when the Inns of Court School (Hons) is highly regarded by the The City Law School
of Law was founded. Some of the profession and students have moved Academic staff at the School are
world’s most influential figures have into employment at leading law firms engaged in research in all major
passed through its doors, including and in many other sectors. In years areas of law, including criminal law
former British Prime Ministers one and two there is a focus on the and criminal justice; commercial
Herbert Henry Asquith, Clement core legal subjects and an emphasis law and contract law; European law;
Attlee, Margaret Thatcher and Tony on professional skills, including legal public international law; media law;
Blair; Mohandas Karamchand techniques. In year 3 students choose maritime law and transport and
(Mahatma) Gandhi, leader of the from a wide range of elective modules

Introduction
professional practice. In addition,
Indian independence movement; rarely offered at an undergraduate Research Centres, groups and
Muhammad Ali Jinnah, the first level, with the opportunity to institutes within the School provide
Governor-General of Pakistan; and Dr specialise in a particular field, a space for interdisciplinary
Ivy Williams, the first woman to be thereby benefiting from the range collaboration and leading-edge
called to the English Bar. The Inns of of research expertise among research into some of the most
Court School of Law was incorporated academic staff. Undergraduates pressing contemporary legal issues.
into City, University of London in 2001, who plan to pursue careers as Academic staff affiliated with
when it became The City Law School. solicitors are guaranteed a place the Centre for Law, Justice and
on the Legal Practice Course (LPC) Journalism, for example, work with
upon graduation, subject to meeting colleagues from City’s Departments
the course’s entry requirements. of Journalism and Sociology to
Undergraduates who wish to become explore themes including legal
barristers are similarly strongly restraints on the media, journalistic
encouraged to apply for the Bar objectivity and impartiality in
Professional Training Course (BPTC). international war crimes trials
and legal safeguards against
Preparing for the future violence directed at journalists.
The City Law School is located in The School’s Centre for the Study of
central London, close to England’s Legal Professional Practice (CSLPP)
major law firms, courts and tribunals, analyses current developments in
including the Inns of Court. This the legal professions. It regularly
means that students benefit from hosts external speakers and recently
London’s great cultural and social organised two international
scene and from all that the city conferences. The Centre includes
can offer professionally. Many various specialist forums focusing
undergraduate students take part on advocacy, alternative dispute
in the School’s internal mooting resolution, civil litigation, criminal
competitions, while others work litigation, evidence and proof and
with clients as part of the Pro Bono legal ethics. The School’s commitment
programme, interviewing them and to research is demonstrated by our
providing written advice. The Careers, results in the most recent Research
Student Development & Outreach Excellence Framework (REF) 2014,
Service helps undergraduates where 65 per cent of the School’s
planning to pursue a career in law, submitted research was recognised
providing guidance on vacation as either world-leading (4-star) or
schemes and professional courses. internationally excellent (3-star).
It also supports Law undergraduates
who wish to apply the skills The next step
acquired during their degree in Choosing an undergraduate degree is
other fields upon graduation, with one of the most important decisions a
tailored guidance on developing student will make. An undergraduate
cvs and networking, for example. Law degree provides a foundation in
the knowledge and skills required to
Find out more become a solicitor or barrister. The
The information on these pages is correct study of law also equips students
at time of publication (February 2017). with a range of transferable skills that
However, this prospectus only provides are highly valued by employers. The
an overview of the content and structure pages that follow contain detailed
of our courses. Certain details are subject information on the LLB (Hons) courses
to change and students should refer to at City, including an overview of the
our website for a full list of the courses on course structures, entry requirements
offer at The City Law School and the most and career opportunities.
current and comprehensive information
about any courses they are interested in.
www.city.ac.uk/law

www.city.ac.uk 121
Law
LLB (Hons)

The LLB (Hons) at The City Law School provides


The City Law School

students with the essential legal and academic


skills to be successful in a law career.

The LLB (Hons) gives students Year three


UCAS code the knowledge and skills they need In their final year, students can
M100 to progress to the Legal Practice choose from a wide range of elective
Course (LPC) or Bar Professional subjects that allow them to study
Duration Training Course (BPTC). Students in a specialised field and gain
3 years. pursuing a career path outside law important professional skills for
develop a wide range of essential their future career. The range of
Entry requirements
transferable skills. Graduates leave elective subjects offered, which is
Typical requirements:
confident in their abilities and subject to availability and demand,
— ‘A’ Level: ABB. equipped with the skills demanded includes several electives rarely
by today’s employers. offered at undergraduate level:
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points
(typically ABB or BBB with an ‘AS’
Course structure — Aviation law
Level or a relevant EPQ). — Banking law
Years one and two
— Canadian constitutional law
— BTEC: DDM. In years one and two, students study
— Canadian corporate law
the core legal subjects common to all
— E xtended Project Qualification — Commercial and agency law
undergraduate law degrees:
(EPQ): We welcome applications — Commercial property law
that include the EPQ. Where relevant, — Constitutional and — Company law
this may be included in our offer, administrative law — Competition law
resulting in an ‘A’ Level offer reduced — Contract law — Constitutional law of the USA
by one grade. — Criminal law — Criminal justice
— IB: 29 points, including 6 in Standard — Employability — Employment law
Level English Language. — English legal system — EU law and the global legal order
— Equity and trusts — Family law
In addition, the following is required: — EU law — Family and child law
— GCSE: English Language and — Land law — Forensic science
Mathematics at grade 4/grade C. — Legal method — Government, law and democracy
— Tort. — Human rights law
English language requirements — Immigration law
IELTS: 7.0 overall with a minimum — Intellectual property law
of 6.0 in each component. — International commercial
arbitration
— International criminal law
— International economic law
— Islamic law
— Justice, law and history
— Law of evidence
— Legal ethics and professional
responsibility
— Legal skills
— Maritime law
— Media law
— Public international law
— Regulating the leisure industry
— Sports law.

122 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Law LLB (Hons)
Opportunities for As alumni of City, graduates
study abroad automatically receive significant
The School has established student tuition fee discounts for professional
exchange programmes, for example courses (subject to approval).
with universities in Australia, France, After completing the Law degree
Poland, Russia and Spain. The many students go on to become
programmes provide the opportunity practising solicitors or barristers,
to spend half of the third year but the course also allows
studying at one of these universities. students to pursue a wide range
of careers. Graduates might
Career opportunities work for other providers of legal
The LLB (Hons) qualifies students to services and regulatory agencies;
progress directly to the professional non-governmental bodies and
stage of their legal training – the international NGOs; the Law
LPC for aspiring solicitors and the Commission; the European Union
BPTC for those wishing to practise at and the Civil Service. Graduates
the Bar. Graduates are guaranteed often successfully apply for places
a place on City’s LPC (subject to on general graduate training
meeting entry requirements) and are programmes with property firms,
strongly encouraged to apply for City’s investment banks and consultancy
BPTC (although the Bar Standards firms and within the retail sector.
Board does not allow providers to
guarantee places on this course). For the most current and
comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: law@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 3309

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/llaw

www.city.ac.uk 123
Legal Practice (Online)
LLB (Hons)

This is a law degree with a difference. It enables students


The City Law School

to combine essential legal knowledge with professionally


oriented legal skills, while gaining a valuable law degree.

Please note that the LLB in Legal Course structure


UCAS code Practice (Online) is for working
N/A Students study the core law modules
professionals and students cannot that are common to all law degrees.
Duration apply to this course via UCAS. Students will also select from elective
4 years. modules in years three and four,
Developed jointly by The City Law which include the professionally
Entry requirements School and CILEx Law School, this
Typical requirements: oriented elements that make this
degree is delivered via supported degree distinctive. The choice of
Students will be admitted to the course distance learning, enabling students elective modules allows students
either on the basis of recent academic to study from anywhere. The legal to tailor their studies to their career
achievement or through evidence of practice electives fulfil all the aspirations by choosing the areas of
achievement in the sphere of paid or academic study required to become legal practice that are of most interest.
voluntary work. If you are relying on a graduate member of the Chartered
academic achievement you should have: Institute of Legal Executives Year one
— GCSE: English Language at (if a pass is achieved at the requisite — Legal methods
grade 4/grade C (or IELTS at 6.5). level), which is what makes this a — Contract law
distinctive course. — Criminal law.
And should satisfy one of the following:
Year two
— ‘A’ Level: ABB, or AB and ‘AS’ Level As with other law degrees, the
— Constitutional and
passes in two subjects at grades BB LLB in Legal Practice prepares
administrative law
taken at the same sitting. students for further training to
— Law of tort
become a barrister or solicitor.
— BTEC: Distinction grade plus one — European law.
‘A’ Level at grade B or above. Graduating students are able to
confidently apply legal theory to Year three
— Advanced GNVQ: Distinction grade practical law and become more — Land law
plus one ‘A’ Level at grade C or above. employable than graduates who have — Equity and trusts
— Scottish Certificate of Education: studied a traditional law degree. — One module from the list
Five passes, of which three are at the of electives.
higher level, grades BBBBC.
Year four
— Irish Leaving Certificate: Passes — Advanced legal and
in six subjects at the higher level, commercial skills
grades BBBBCC. — Two modules from a range
— IB: 30 points, including at least of electives.
5 in each subject.
— CILEx Level 6: Pass in Law and
Practice or professional skills course.
— CILEx Level 3 Professional
Diploma: Pass in Law and Practice.
— CILEx Level 3 Certificate: Pass in
Law and Practice.
— CILEx Law School Certificate: Pass
in Criminal Prosecution or Criminal
Justice Administration.
English language requirements
IELTS: 6.5.

124 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Legal Practice (Online) LLB (Hons)
Career opportunities
Students have access to City’s
Careers Service, who have
designed a bespoke programme
for students on this course.
As the course is a qualifying law degree,
graduating students are eligible to
undertake further training towards
becoming a solicitor or barrister, or as
a Chartered Legal Executive.

Accreditation
This degree is designed so that
students become eligible for Graduate
Membership of the Chartered Institute
of Legal Executives. To become a
Chartered Legal Executive lawyer,
students must also acquire a period
of qualifying employment. It is also
recommended that students seek
employment as a paralegal while
studying if they want to become a
Chartered Legal Executive, building
a portfolio of evidence.

For the most current and


comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.

Enquiries
Email: law@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 3309

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/llpo

www.city.ac.uk 125
School of
Mathematics,
School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

Computer
Science
& Engineering
The School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering is a highly
skilled and energetic community which has offered courses to meet the
needs of the professions for over 100 years. As of 2017 the School offers
seven new engineering courses, each designed to inspire undergraduate
students and equip them to meet the challenges of the future.

126 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Kevin Kurian Kanjikuzhymaliyil
Electrical and Electronic
Engineering MEng (Hons)
Fourth year
The quality and enthusiasm of the
academic staff at City has inspired me
to achieve the best throughout my
course. I chose this degree because
electrical and electronic engineering
sets the pace of change; it’s the
form of engineering that is right
at the cutting edge of technology.
Technology is revolutionising the
world and I want to play a part in
that. Looking to the future, I would
like to commission as an engineer
officer in the Royal Air Force.

Degrees offered

130 Aeronautical Engineering


MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
134 Biomedical Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
136 Business Computing Systems
BSc (Hons)
138 Civil Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
140 Computer Science
MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons)
142 Computer Science with Cyber
Security MSci (Hons)
144 Computer Science with
Pranali Bhosale Games Technology
Computer Systems Engineering* MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons)
(with Placement) BEng (Hons) 146 Data Science
Third year MSci (Hons)
City was an opportunity for me to 148 Electrical and Electronic
have the life I’d always wanted. I Engineering
was thrilled to be accepted by such MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
an esteemed institution. Located
150 Engineering
right in the heart of London, City MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
offers world class education, a
supportive Students’ Union and a 152 Mathematics BSc (Hons)
positive environment for students. 154 Mathematics and Finance
I had always been interested in BSc (Hons)
computing since school. This course
gave me an opportunity to follow 156 Mathematics with Finance
and Economics BSc (Hons)
my passion and put me on track
to achieving my career goals. 158 Mechanical Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
*Course no longer offered. City now
offers seven new engineering courses 160 Structural Engineering
detailed across the following pages. MEng (Hons)

www.city.ac.uk 127
The courses The superb location of City’s campus,
are designed in surrounded by three prominent districts
in central London, provides excellent
collaboration with work experience opportunities for all
students. Tech City is a flourishing
industry and this community of IT professionals and
digital businesses centred around
is reflected in Shoreditch. City students receive
business startup education and can
School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

an emphasis on share working space within City’s hub


for entrepreneurs, City Launch Lab.
professional and The City of London financial district is
home to leading international banks,
transferable skills. insurance houses, corporate finance,
accounting consultancies and the
Stock Exchange. Many Mathematics
and Computer Science graduates
start and develop their professional
careers in the City. Clerkenwell is
the creative centre of UK design and
plays host to a thriving annual Design
Week. The district is home to many
leading architectural studios and
structural engineering consultancies.
As a School we are proudest of (i) our
summer internships and 12-month
placement schemes (ii) our emphasis
on creative design exercises within our
engineering courses (iii) the common
early years in each discipline (whereby
students can select their specialisation
after studying core topics) and (iv) our
location in the heart of central London.
Students have access to a large
network of professionals who provide
guest lectures, mentor students and
contribute to shaping our degrees.

Preparing for the future


The School benefits tremendously
Cristina Jin Zhan from its close links with leading
Biomedical Engineering MEng (Hons) companies who employ high-
Second year calibre graduates in the fields of
mathematics, computer science and
I’ve always wanted to pursue engineering. Our courses are designed
a science-related field, doing in collaboration with industry.
something that would impact
people’s lives for the better and
biomedical engineering fits perfectly.
It’s a fusion of medicine and
technology, the best of both worlds. Find out more
You’ll have hands-on electronic
The information on these pages is
lab work and lectures studying the
correct at time of publication (February
human body. Sometimes you’ll work
2017). However, this prospectus only
on projects that make your head provides an overview of the content and
spin, but at the end when you see structure of our courses. Certain details
your circuit working it’s a burst of are subject to change and students
happiness and accomplishment. should refer to our website for a full list
I’d like to work for a company that of the courses on offer at the School
designs and develops medical of Mathematics, Computer Science
equipment, such as prosthetics, & Engineering and the most current
human microchips or artificial organs. and comprehensive information about
The possibility for improving human any courses they are interested in.
life is endless; it only ends when your
creativity ends. www.city.ac.uk/mcse

128 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


This is reflected in our emphasis and manufacture of advanced heat are both creative and highly valued.
on professional skills. Students can recovery systems and structural For example, during their courses
choose to undertake a 12-month work engineers are devising optimal design students have the opportunity to
placement between the penultimate solutions for very tall buildings. be exposed to the most advanced
and final years of their degree. In the developments in Big Data, cyber
case of the Computer Science degrees, The next step security, health informatics and
students may alternatively choose Choosing an undergraduate degree human-computer interaction.
the innovative Professional Pathway is one of the most important There is an ever-growing need for
scheme, gaining three years’ work decisions that students will make. sharp, code-literate, motivated

Introduction
experience while studying. Students The subsequent pages provide graduates in an industrial sector
who consistently perform well in information on each of our degrees, that makes a multi-billion pound
their studies have the opportunity to including overviews of course contribution to the UK economy.
apply for a six- to eight-week Summer structures, entry requirements
Engineering: This is an extraordinary
Internship before embarking on the and career opportunities. For time to be an engineer. Increasingly,
final year. The School has its own those courses that offer an MSci or the discipline is pushing the
Professional Liaison Unit, MEng degree in addition to a BSc boundaries of what is possible.
with the primary purpose of or BEng, we strongly recommend Engineers are highly creative
supporting students in their that students apply for the MSci or solution-finders who envisage, design,
placements and internships. City’s MEng (integrated Masters) degree. develop, build, operate, maintain
Careers Service offers professional These four-year degrees are highly (and occasionally decommission)
guidance on graduate employment attractive to leading employers, as the world’s technology. Those
and opportunities for further study. they prepare students well for tackling systems might encompass mobile
more advanced design and analysis telecommunications, the Internet-
Research excellence at the exercises in addition to undertaking of-Things, the Cloud, driverless cars,
School of Mathematics, cross-disciplinary group projects. Our high-speed trains, long-span bridges,
current MEng degrees are accredited
Computer Science & Engineering complex tunnels, renewable power
by professional bodies, thereby fully generation and distribution, waste
In December 2014, the results from satisfying the educational base for
the national Research Excellence management, offshore platforms,
a Chartered Engineer (CEng). The remote sensing, healthcare and the
Framework (REF) 2014 were BEng (Hons) courses satisfy the
announced. We were delighted that design of aircraft or space probes.
educational base for an Incorporated
80 per cent of our submitted research Engineer (IEng); further learning is We ask our engineers not just to
output was rated as internationally required to complete the educational answer how a problem may be
excellent (3*) in mathematics and base for CEng. Coupling an MSci or solved, but encourage them to
engineering. Research within the MEng degree with a 12-month work question why (on social, ethical and
School is undertaken in one of eleven placement offers computer scientists environmental grounds) it should
Research Centres, each having and engineers a much-valued five- be addressed in the first place. All
an interdisciplinary approach. year course, merging professional engineers have a responsibility to
Students benefit from working experience with advanced study. ensure that their solutions enrich
alongside academic staff who are Here is a short overview of the the lives of everyone, both now
pushing the frontiers of discovery differing characteristics of the and in the future. The engineering
in their specialist fields (and, in School's three primary disciplines: degrees at City provide students with
doing so, changing society). a superb foundation in the science
Mathematics: Mathematics is and mathematics that underpins
We have particular strengths in fundamental to society. It underpins the discipline. Our degrees include
mathematical representation theory; all of the important innovations in valuable multidisciplinary team
mathematical physics; mathematical modern life, from risk assessment design activities. In this way, we offer
biology; data science; visualization and financial forecasting, to particle projects that help students prepare for
and big data; cyber security; human- physics, smartphones and the an exciting career within engineering.
computer interaction; design of analysis of genetic data. Both through
electronic sensors; geotechnical its applications and as a subject For those who show exceptional
engineering; structural engineering; in its own right, mathematics will aptitude for engineering but might
turbomachinery and compressor always have a key role to play in the not achieve the required ‘A’ Level
design; and both experimental and future. A degree in mathematics grades, we may offer a place on our
computational fluid dynamics. For provides students with a tremendous Foundation year scheme, subject
example, pioneering work in computer range of career opportunities, as to students convincing a small,
science has enabled the rapid society rightly values numerate, friendly interview panel that they
searching and analysis of massive logically minded problem-solvers. are fully committed to (and enthused
text- and media-rich information. by) their studies. Should students
Computer Science: Computer be successful on that 12-month
Developments in engineering science lies at the core of the growth Foundation course, they will then be
have recently led to the design of and transformation of businesses offered a place on a City, University of
medical sensors which facilitate the worldwide. The information London engineering degree, starting
monitoring of oxygen levels in vital technology industry is diverse and at the end of their Foundation year.
organs during surgery. Academics rapidly changing, offering enormous We are proud of those Foundation
working on fluids engineering scope for rewarding careers that students who have gone on to obtain
are bringing about greater energy range from the highly technical to a first class honours degree and
efficiency through the development the business-driven, in roles that successful careers in the profession.

www.city.ac.uk 129
Aeronautical Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)

The integrated MEng (Hons) degree in Aeronautical Engineering prepares


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

students for an exciting and rewarding career in the global aerospace


industry, working on manned and unmanned aircraft and spacecraft
projects. This degree places particular emphasis on encouraging and
enabling students to be innovative in their engineering design.
Aeronautical engineering encompasses
MEng (Hons) BEng (Hons) the remarkably successful disciplines
of aircraft design, aerodynamics,
UCAS codes UCAS code material sciences, thermodynamics,
H403 MEng (Hons), H405 MEng (Hons) H410
solid and fluid mechanics and control.
with professional placement.
Our approach is to encourage critical
Duration Duration thinking and foster curiosity through
4 years or 5 years including a 3 years. both teamwork and independent study.
professional placement. Our courses are reviewed regularly to
Entry requirements respond to the priority needs of the
Entry requirements Typical requirements: engineering marketplace, meeting
Typical requirements: the requirements of the Engineering
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (including
— ‘A’ Level: AAA (including Mathematics and Physics or Council. The courses are led by
Mathematics and Physics or Chemistry or Biology). academic staff from our active Research
Chemistry or Biology). Centres, supported by specialist
— T ariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, professionals from industries.
— Tariff: 144 UCAS tariff points, including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and
including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and Physics or Chemistry or Biology. The course is delivered through
Physics or Chemistry or Biology lectures, tutorials, group design
— BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with
exercises, laboratory classes,
— BTEC: BTEC is not considered. minimum grade B in ‘A’ Level
Mathematics or Physics. workshops and field trips. Learning
involves a combination of theoretical,
— Extended Project Qualification — Extended Project Qualification experimental and computational study.
(EPQ): We welcome applications (EPQ): We welcome applications
that include the EPQ. Where that include the EPQ. Where The integrated MEng (Hons) degree
relevant, this may be included in relevant, this may be included in offers the most direct route to
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level achieving Chartered Engineer (CEng)
offer reduced by one grade. offer reduced by one grade. professional registration.
— IB: 34 points total, including — IB: 32 points total, including
Higher Level Mathematics and Higher Level Mathematics and
Physics at grade 6. Physics at grade 6.
In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ — GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/
grade C in English. grade C in English.

English language requirements English language requirements


IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in each component. of 6.0 in each component.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component. minimum of 50 in each component.

Other courses you may like Other courses you may like
— Engineering MEng (Hons) — Engineering BEng (Hons)
— Mechanical Engineering MEng (Hons) — Mechanical Engineering BEng (Hons)
— Mechanical Engineering — Mechanical Engineering
Foundation course. Foundation course.

130 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Aeronautical Engineering MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
Course structure Assessment is by coursework and Career opportunities
Year one examinations. Group learning and Aeronautical Engineering graduates
Year one is common to all of the communication skills are addressed work in all areas of the aircraft
engineering courses. Students through design studies and and airline industries and in other
study the science (largely physics) presentations. Practical and technical high-tech industries, such as
and mathematics that underpin skills are assessed through laboratory motor manufacturing, F1 design,
engineering principles. They are work, data analysis and project reports. tall building design and offshore
also instructed in how to develop Grades obtained in each year count oil and gas extraction. Careers in
computer programs to (i) solve towards the final degree classification, aeronautical engineering in the UK
numerical analysis problems and with increasing weight given to the are provided by larger companies,
(ii) control mechatronic systems. later years. such as AgustaWestland Helicopters,
Group exercises provide students Airbus, BAE Systems, Rolls-Royce
with the opportunities to undertake Opportunities for and QinetiQ and many successful
preliminary engineering designs. specialist companies that supply
work placements
components and services. Several
Year two MEng students are strongly Aeuronautical Engineering graduates
Students begin to specialise in encouraged to take a 12-month move on to a career in flying.
Aeronautical Engineering in year industrial placement between the
two, advancing their knowledge end of year three and start of their Accreditation
of solid and fluid mechanics while final year. Specialist advisors within
also studying measurement, data Our current degrees are accredited
the School are in regular contact
analysis and mechatronics. Students by the Institution of Mechanical
with companies to assist students
registered on the BEng degree, who Engineers and the Royal
in finding suitable work experience.
average at least 60 per cent at the Aeronautical Society, providing
Students are paid while on placement
end of year two, are encouraged to a path for graduates to gain CEng
and are visited by their personal
transfer to the MEng degree. status. We have every expectation
tutor during this time. Following
that the new degrees listed here will
placement, students more fully
Year three similarly receive full accreditation.
appreciate the context and relevance
The third year places increasing of their university studies and gain a
emphasis on aircraft design. For the most current and
greater understanding of the industry
Modules include aerodynamics and comprehensive information about
they are about to join. This valuable
propulsion, flight dynamics and this course, please visit our website.
experience may count towards the
control, structural analysis and requirements for a professional
thermodynamics and heat transfer. engineering qualification.
Year four (MEng)
The final year of the integrated
Masters involves a major individual
research project, group design
exercises (mentored by industry
experts) and modules covering
advanced aerodynamics, structural Enquiries
dynamics and aeroelasticity and Email: ug-smcse@city.ac.uk
either gas turbine engineering or
airworthiness and maintenance. Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050

Course webpage

MEng: www.city.ac.uk/emae
BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebae

www.city.ac.uk 131
School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

Arthy Ravichandran
MEng Aeronautical Engineering,
2011 graduate
Current employment:
Aerospace Business and
Strategic Intelligence Manager,
Aerospace Growth Partnership
After graduating from City, Arthy started
her career at GKN plc as an International
Leadership Development Programme
member. As part of her programme she
had secondments in the UK, India and
USA in areas of engineering, purchasing
and programme management.
She joined the Aerospace Growth
Partnership (AGP) team in September
2014 as Programme Manager before
progressing to her current role in August
2016. The AGP has led to a step change
in the relationship between government
and industry, while encouraging UK
companies to cooperate more closely
in addressing problems that affect the
sector as a whole.
Her ambition is to run her own
business in the near future and
play an important role in shaping
the future of UK aerospace.

Arthy is pictured on the rooftop of the


University Building with the City of
London in the background.

132 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


www.city.ac.uk
133
Aeronautical Engineering MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
Biomedical Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)

The integrated MEng (Hons) degree in Biomedical Engineering covers a range


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

of engineering applications that are relevant to the needs of the healthcare


industry and draws on City’s long-standing expertise in technology and
healthcare. We also offer a BEng (Hons) degree in Biomedical Engineering.

This course is highly inter-disciplinary.


MEng (Hons) BEng (Hons) Students learn from academics of the
UCAS codes UCAS code School of Mathematics, Computer
BH82 MEng (Hons), BH11 MEng (Hons) BH81 Science & Engineering and the
with professional placement. School of Health Sciences, hospital
consultants and experts from the
Duration Duration medical industry. Information is
4 years or 5 years including a 3 years. delivered in lectures, seminars,
professional placement. tutorials and laboratory classes.
Entry requirements Learning involves a combination
Entry requirements Typical requirements: of theoretical, experimental and
Typical requirements: — ‘A’ Level: ABB (including computational study. Our approach
Mathematics and Physics or is to encourage critical thinking and
— ‘A’ Level: AAA (including
Chemistry or Biology). foster curiosity through both teamwork
Mathematics and Physics or
and independent study. Group
Chemistry or Biology). — Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, learning and communication skills are
— Tariff: 144 UCAS tariff points, including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and emphasised through design studies
including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and Physics or Chemistry or Biology. and student presentations.
Physics or Chemistry or Biology. — BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with
— BTEC: BTEC is not considered. minimum grade B in ‘A’ Level
Mathematics or Physics.
— Extended Project Qualification
(EPQ): We welcome applications — Extended Project Qualification
that include the EPQ. Where (EPQ): We welcome applications
relevant, this may be included in that include the EPQ. Where
relevant, this may be included in
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
offer reduced by one grade.
offer reduced by one grade.
— IB: 35 points total, including Higher
— I B: 33 points total, including Higher
Level Mathematics and Physics or
Level Mathematics and Physics or
Chemistry or Biology at grade 6. Chemistry or Biology at grade 6.
In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ — GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/
grade C in English. grade C in English.
English language requirements English language requirements
IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in each component. of 6.0 in each component.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component. minimum of 50 in each component.
Other courses you may like Other courses you may like
— Electrical and Electronic Engineering — Electrical and Electronic Engineering
MEng (Hons) BEng (Hons)
— Engineering MEng (Hons) — Engineering BEng (Hons)
— Electrical Engineering — Electrical Engineering
Foundation course. Foundation course.

134 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Biomedical Engineering MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
Course structure Opportunities for Accreditation
Year one work placements Our current degrees are accredited
Year one is common to all of the MEng students are strongly by the Institution of Engineering
engineering courses. Students study encouraged to take a 12-month and Technology, the Institute of
the science and mathematics that industrial placement between the Measurement and Control and the
underpin engineering principles. end of year three and start of their Institute of Physics and Engineering in
They are also instructed in how to final year. Specialist advisors within Medicine. We have every expectation
develop computer programs to (i) the School are in regular contact that the new degrees listed here will
solve numerical analysis problems with companies to assist students similarly receive full accreditation.
and (ii) control mechatronic systems. in finding suitable work experience.
Group exercises provide students Students are paid while on placement For the most current and
with the opportunities to undertake and are visited by their personal comprehensive information about
preliminary engineering designs. tutor during this time. Following this course, please visit our website.
placement, students more fully
Year two
appreciate the context and relevance
Students begin to specialise in
of their university studies and gain a
Biomedical Engineering in year two
greater understanding of the industry
while also studying measurement, data
they are about to join. This valuable
analysis and mechatronics. Students
experience allows students to take-
registered on the BEng degree, who
on graduate-level responsibilities,
average at least 60 per cent at the end
often while working within a multi-
of year two, are encouraged to transfer
disciplinary healthcare team.
to the MEng degree.
Year three Career opportunities
The third year includes biosignal and Electrical and biomedical engineers
image processing, medical physics today work in a range of industries.
and biomedical instrumentation, Their problem-solving skills and
together with biomedical optics. multidisciplinary education are
well known and respected in the UK
Year four (MEng) industry and abroad.
The final year of the integrated
Masters involves a major Modern provision of healthcare
individual research project, depends greatly on biomedical
group design exercises and engineers who are skilled in the
modules covering biomechanics, design and operation of specialist
biomaterials, biomedical sensors, instrumentation and imaging
bioinformatics and telemedicine. equipment. Becoming a biomedical
engineer promises an exciting career,
Assessment is by coursework bridging the advances in biomedical
and examinations. Practical sciences with professional skills in
and technical skills are assessed delivering engineering projects within Enquiries
through laboratory work, data a rapidly growing field. Email: ug-smcse@city.ac.uk
analysis and project reports.
Recent graduates have joined Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050
Grades obtained in each year employers, such as Philips
count towards the final degree Healthcare, Covidien, Siemens, Course webpage
classification, with increasing Genetic Microdevices, AstraZeneca,
weight given to the later years. Intertek and major hospitals MEng: www.city.ac.uk/embi
in the NHS and overseas. BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebbi

www.city.ac.uk 135
Business Computing Systems
BSc (Hons)

A BSc (Hons) Business Computing Systems from City offers


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

students entry into a career as a computing professional.


Graduates have the skills to design computer systems, analyse
organisational problems and design appropriate IT solutions.

UCAS code
The course provides the technical and Course structure
managerial knowledge to implement Year one
G422 computer solutions to business All Computer Science courses at City
challenges and enables students to share a common first year. Students
Duration develop commercially valuable skills
3 years, or 4 years with a 1-year can select their final degree course at
in City’s laboratories. There is the the end of the first year.
placement, or the Professional Pathway option of paid, professional experience
scheme (combining the degree with IT in the IT industry. For their project, In year one, all students study
work experience). students can work with an organisation six core modules:
to develop computing solutions to — Business systems
Entry requirements real-world business problems. This — Computation and reasoning
Typical requirements: degree is suitable for students who — Mathematics for computing
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (Computer Science, have the breadth of mind to tackle both — Software engineering
Mathematics or Physics preferred). computer and management science — Systems architecture
and want to build the businesses of — Programming in Java.
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points.
tomorrow with computer technology.
— BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate The course includes programming and Year two
subjects only). is primarily technical in nature. In year two, full-time students take
a further six core modules and
— E xtended Project Qualification undertake a project.
(EPQ): We welcome applications
that include the EPQ. Where Core modules include:
relevant, this may be included in — Human computer interaction
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level — Management of information
offer reduced by one grade. technology
— IB: 32 points total, including all — Networks and operating systems
Higher Level subjects at grade 6. — Object-oriented analysis
and design
— Mixed qualifications: We do accept — Professional development in IT.
applications from students who
are completing a combination of
qualifications. For this course, this
would be something like: D*
in IT with a grade B in ‘A’ Level
Computer Science and a grade B in
another ‘A’ Level. We may also take
‘AS’ Level grades into consideration. 
In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/
grade C in English and a minimum
of grade 5/grade C in Mathematics.

English language requirements


IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all
other components.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component.

136 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Business Computing Systems BSc (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for work
In year three, full-time students take placements
one core module in requirements There are two routes by which students
engineering and may choose four may gain paid work experience as part
elective modules from a list of over of their degree: a one-year placement
twenty. All Honours students undertake or the innovative Professional Pathway
an individual project, researching and scheme, which enables students to
developing systems in an area of their combine placement employment with
own specialist interest. their studies.
Elective modules include:
— Advanced databases Career opportunities
— Cloud computing Graduates move on to careers
— Business engineering with ERP including software developer, business
solutions analyst, web developer, technical
— Cognition and technologies architect, user experience designer
— Data visualization and helpdesk engineer. Employers
— IT security include Accenture, BP, BBC, FDM,
— Project management Wipro, Reuters and Menzies Aviation.
— Management of IT strategy.
Accreditation
Professional Pathway students
This course is accredited by the
undertake IT work experience
Chartered Institute for IT (British
while studying part-time for
Computer Society), exempting
years two and three over three years.
students from their professional
Students learn through a combination examinations and offering a pathway
of lectures, case studies, seminars and to chartered status.
laboratory sessions. Project and group
work aim to develop creativity and For the most current and
problem-solving and play a major part comprehensive information about
in the course. Learning is also supported this course, please visit our website.
by the online e-learning system.
Assessment is by examination Other courses you may like
and coursework although some — Computer Science
components, such as the team project, MSci (Hons)/BSc (Hons)
are assessed by coursework alone. — Computer Science with Games
Technology MSci (Hons)/BSc (Hons)
— Computer Science with Cyber
Security MSci (Hons).

Enquiries
Email: ug-compsci@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/cbcs

www.city.ac.uk 137
Civil Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)

Civil engineers develop infrastructure and have a profound effect


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

on the way people live through a consideration of function,


aesthetics, economics and sustainability. Students learn how
to design, construct, manage and improve the environment.

This course provides a strong


MEng (Hons) BEng (Hons) technical background in the key
UCAS codes UCAS code subjects of structural, geotechnical
H204 MEng (Hons), H205 MEng (Hons) H200 and hydraulic engineering and
with professional placement. in management studies, while
placing a particular emphasis on
Duration Duration innovative engineering design.
4 years or 5 years including a 3 years.
Learning involves lectures,
professional placement.
tutorials, laboratory classes, a
Entry requirements Entry requirements residential geology field course and
Typical requirements: Typical requirements: group design exercises, many of
which feature contributions from
— ‘A’ Level: AAA (including — ‘A’ Level: ABB (including practising engineers. Students
Mathematics and Physics or Mathematics and Physics or learn from a combination of
Chemistry or Biology). Chemistry or Biology). theoretical, experimental and
— Tariff: 144 UCAS tariff points, — T ariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, computational study with help
including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and to develop sketching and other
Physics or Chemistry or Biology. Physics or Chemistry or Biology. engineering communication skills.
— BTEC: BTEC is not considered. — B
 TEC: D*DD in Engineering with Our approach is to encourage
minimum grade B in ‘A’ Level critical thinking and foster
Mathematics or Physics. curiosity through both teamwork
— E
 xtended Project Qualification — E xtended Project Qualification and independent study.
(EPQ): We welcome applications (EPQ): We welcome applications For MEng (Hons) degree students
that include the EPQ. Where that include the EPQ. Where this culminates in an opportunity to
relevant, this may be included in relevant, this may be included in collaborate with academic staff on a
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level significant individual research project
offer reduced by one grade. offer reduced by one grade. and to participate in a live large-scale
— I B: 35 points total, including — I B: 33 points total, including civil engineering design project set by
Higher Level Mathematics and Higher Level Mathematics and our industrial collaborators.
Physics at grade 6. Physics at grade 6.
Course structure
In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required: Year one
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade C — GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ Year one is common to all of the
in English. grade C in English. engineering courses. Students
study the science (largely physics)
English language requirements English language requirements and mathematics that underpin
IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum engineering principles. They are
of 6.0 in each component. of 6.0 in each component. also instructed in how to develop
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a PTE Academic: 58 overall with a computer programs to (i) solve
minimum of 50 in each component. minimum of 50 in each component. numerical analysis problems and
(ii) control mechatronic systems.
Other courses you may like Other courses you may like Group exercises provide students
— Structural Engineering MEng (Hons) — Structural Engineering MEng (Hons) with the opportunities to undertake
— Engineering MEng (Hons) — Engineering BEng (Hons) preliminary engineering designs.
— Civil Engineering Foundation course. — Civil Engineering Foundation course.

138 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Civil Engineering MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
Year two Opportunities for Accreditation
Students begin to specialise in year work placements Our engineering degrees are well
two, through the study of geology established and have always
MEng students are strongly
and soil mechanics and measurement been accredited by the relevant
encouraged to take a 12-month
and data analysis, in addition to professional institutions, providing a
industrial placement between the
tackling more advanced solid and path for graduates to gain Chartered
end of year three and start of their
fluid mechanics topics. Students Engineer status. Our background
final year. Specialist advisors within
registered on the BEng degree, who in continuously developing this
the School are in regular contact
average at least 60 per cent at the standard of civil engineering
with companies to assist students
end of year two, are encouraged education means that we have every
in finding suitable work experience.
to transfer to the MEng degree. expectation that the new degrees
Students are paid while on placement
Year three and are visited by their personal listed here will similarly receive
The course becomes more applied tutor during this time. Following full institutional accreditation.
in the third year with the analysis placement, students more fully
and design of typical geotechnical, appreciate the context and relevance For the most current and
hydraulic and structural forms of their university studies and gain a comprehensive information about
including the use of computational greater understanding of the industry this course, please visit our website.
analysis techniques and coverage they are about to join.
of construction management. BEng
(Hons) students undertake an Career opportunities
individual project and in both degrees Civil Engineering graduates have
students address the challenges of gone on to work with many of the
providing sustainable and ethical leading design consultants or
designs that are safe to construct. contracting engineering practices
in the UK and overseas. Recent
Year four (MEng) graduates have worked on the
The main focus in this year is the Crosssrail project, the HS2 rail
substantial individual research project and landmark buildings
project and a major design exercise, in the City of London. They have
supported by advanced modules in joined employers such as AECOM,
analytical and experimental methods. Atkins, Balfour Beatty Engineering,
Assessment is by coursework and Building Design Consultants,
examination. Grades obtained in each Jacobs Engineering, London Bridge
year count towards the final degree Associates, Mott MacDonald,
classification, with increasing weight Arup, Ramboll and Skanska.
given to the later years.

Enquiries
Email: ug-smcse@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050

Course webpage

MEng: www.city.ac.uk/emce
BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebce

www.city.ac.uk 139
Computer Science
MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons)

Studying Computer Science allows students to


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

develop the computing and coding skills needed


to use programming as the language for creative
problem-solving.

The MSci (Hons) in Computer Science


MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons) prepares students for a successful
career in technical areas of computer
UCAS codes English language requirements science. It is a full-time, four-year
— MSci (Hons): G401 IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of 6.0 integrated Masters course combining
— BSc (Hons): G400 in writing and 5.5 in all other components. undergraduate and masters study,
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a consisting of four parts, each
Duration minimum of 50 in each component. corresponding to an academic year.
— MSci (Hons): 4 years or 5 years
with a 1-year placement. Other courses you may like The MSci course covers core
foundational skills such as
— Business Computing Systems
— BSc (Hons): 3 years, or 4 years with a programming, progressing to cover
BSc (Hons)
1-year placement, or the Professional a range of computing topics with a
— Computer Science with Games
Pathway scheme (combining the focus on professional application,
Technology MSci (Hons)/BSc (Hons)
degree with IT work experience). while maintaining a strong theoretical
— Computer Science with Cyber
underpinning. The course further
Entry requirements Security MSci (Hons).
enables students to develop a
Typical requirements: specialism in advanced areas that are
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (Computer Science, particularly sought-after in modern
Mathematics or Physics preferred). IT businesses, universities and
research institutions, such as database
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. technology, software systems design,
— BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate data mining and data visualization.
subjects only). Students completing the BSc (Hons)
— E xtended Project Qualification develop a systematic knowledge of
(EPQ): We welcome applications computer science. Students are able to
that include the EPQ. Where evaluate solutions to computer science
relevant, this may be included in problems, assess current techniques
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level for designing and developing
offer reduced by one grade. solutions and argue for the adoption
of particular solutions using research
— IB: 32 points total, including all
and scholarship, demonstrating their
Higher Level subjects at grade 6.
role as a reflective practitioner.
— Mixed qualifications: We do accept
applications from students who
are completing a combination of
qualifications. For this course, this
would be something like: D*
in IT with a grade B in ‘A’ Level
Computer Science and a grade B in
another ‘A’ Level. We may also take
‘AS’ Level grades into consideration. 
In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/
grade C in English and a minimum
of grade 5/grade C in Mathematics.

140 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Computer Science MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons)
Course structure Professional Pathway students Opportunities for
Year one undertake IT work experience work placements
All Computer Science courses at while studying part-time for years All students may gain paid work
City share a common first year. two and three over three years. experience as part of their degree.
Students can select their final degree Year four (MSci) MSci (Hons) students may take a one
course at the end of the first year. In year four, students take three core year placement after either year two
modules, including a large individual or year three. BSc (Hons) students
In year one, all students study six
project and three elective modules. may take a one-year placement
core modules:
between years two and three or join
— Computation and reasoning Elective modules include: the innovative Professional Pathway
— Mathematics for computing — Software systems design scheme, which enables students to
— Software engineering — Machine vision combine placement employment with
— Systems architecture — Data visualization their studies.
— Programming in Java — Practices and theories in
— Business systems. interaction design Career opportunities
Year two — Digital signal processing Careers include programming and
In year two, full-time students take — Software agents software development, research-
a further six core modules and — Neural computing based careers in the IT industry and
undertake a project. — Service-oriented architectures. higher degrees, such as a PhD.
Core modules: Students learn through a combination
of lectures, case studies, seminars and Accreditation
— Data structures and algorithms
— Programming in C++ laboratory sessions. Project and group The BSc course is accredited by the
— Language processors work aim to develop creativity and Chartered Institute for IT (BCS),
— Networks and operating systems problem-solving and play a major part exempting students from their
— Object-oriented analysis and design in the course. Learning is also supported professional examinations and
— Professional development in IT. by the online e-learning system. offering a pathway to chartered status.
The new MSci course is pending
Year three Assessment is by examination accreditation in February 2017.
In year three, full-time students take and coursework although some
core modules in theory of computation components, such as the team project, For the most current and
and functional programming, with BSc are assessed by coursework alone. comprehensive information about
students taking a further three elective this course, please visit our website.
modules and MSci students taking six
additional core or elective modules from
a list of over twenty. All BSc students
undertake an individual project,
researching and developing systems in
an area of their own specialist interest.
Elective modules include:
— Advanced programming: Enquiries
concurrency Email: ug-compsci@city.ac.uk
— Cloud computing Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406
— Computer graphics
— Electronic commerce
— Games technology Course webpage
— Human computer interaction
— IT security MSci: www.city.ac.uk/cmcs
— Project management. BSc: www.city.ac.uk/cbsc

www.city.ac.uk 141
Computer Science with
Cyber Security
MSci (Hons)
This degree prepares students for a successful career in
School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

technical areas of computer science and information security


by developing skills in analysis, design and programming and
specialisms in cyber security.

Computer Science with Cyber Security Course structure


UCAS code focuses on software and programming,
G4G0 The course shares its first two years
including specialist content in the with the BSc Computer Science,
Duration area of computer security. Starting before specialising in the third
4 years or 5 years including a with core foundational skills, such as and fourth years.
professional placement. programming, the course progresses
to cover a range of computing topics Year one
Entry requirements with an emphasis on professional All Computer Science courses at City
Typical requirements: application, while maintaining a share a common first year. Students
strong theoretical underpinning. Later can select their final degree course at
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (Computer Science, years specialise in cyber security the end of the first year.
Mathematics or Physics preferred). and enable students to focus on
In year one, all students study
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. topics ranging from cybercrime and
six core modules:
security governance to cryptography
— BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate — Computation and reasoning
and digital forensics, while also
subjects only). — Mathematics for computing
engaging with academics in a
— Software engineering
— E xtended Project Qualification large individual project to develop
— Systems architecture
(EPQ): We welcome applications scientific knowledge and skills. The
— Programming in Java
that include the EPQ. Where course provides the professional
— Business systems.
relevant, this may be included in skills essential to modern working.
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level Year two
During the course students become
offer reduced by one grade. In year two, students take a further
ethical hackers as they are challenged
seven core modules, including a
— IB: 32 points total, including all to identify flaws in computing devices
team project:
Higher Level subjects at grade 6. and networks; to cryptanalyse
— Programming in C++
classical and modern ciphers; and to
— Mixed qualifications: We do accept — Networks and operating systems
trace attackers while auditing systems.
applications from students who — Object-oriented analysis and design
are completing a combination of This course is suitable for students who — Language processors
qualifications. For this course, this are looking for a successful career in — Data-structures and algorithms
would be something like: D* technical computing, with interests in — Team project
in IT with a grade B in ‘A’ Level the various roles directly and indirectly — Professional development in IT.
Computer Science and a grade B in connected to the world of computer,
Year three
another ‘A’ Level. We may also take network and information security.
In year three, students take three core
‘AS’ Level grades into consideration. Applicants should be motivated to
modules and five electives, mixing
In addition, the following is required: understand how computer systems are
Computer Science with specialist
built and excited by the rapid pace of
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ Cyber Security modules.
change in the field.
grade C in English and a minimum Core modules:
of grade 5/grade C in Mathematics. — Information security management
English language requirements — Network security
— Digital forensics.
IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all
other components.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component.

142 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Computer Science with Cyber Security MSci (Hons)
Elective modules include: Opportunities for
— Sociotechnical systems work placements
and security Students may gain paid work
— Software reliability and experience as part of their degree
measurement by taking a one-year placement after
— Theory of computation the second or third year of study.
— Functional programming
— Artificial intelligence Career opportunities
— e-Commerce
Careers include roles connected
— Computer graphics.
to the world of computer, network
Year four and information security, software
Alongside specialist core modules and development and research-based
elective modules, students undertake careers in the IT industry and higher
a large individual project, researching degrees, such as a PhD.
and developing systems in an area of
their own specialist interest. Accreditation
The BSc course is accredited by
Core modules include: the Chartered Institute for IT (BCS),
— Cryptography exempting students from their
— Security auditing and certification professional examinations and
— Readings in computer science. offering a pathway to chartered status.
Elective modules include: The new MSci course is pending
— Advanced database technologies accreditation in February 2017.
— Digital signal processing
— Software agents. For the most current and
comprehensive information about
Students learn through a combination this course, please visit our website.
of lectures, case studies, seminars and
laboratory sessions. Project and group
work aim to develop creativity and
problem-solving and play a major part
in the course. Learning is also supported
by the online e-learning system. Other courses you may like
Assessment is by examination — Computer Science
and coursework although some MSci (Hons)/BSc (Hons)
components, such as the team project, — Computer Science with Games
are assessed by coursework alone. Technology MSci (Hons)/BSc (Hons)
— Business Computing Systems
BSc (Hons).

Enquiries
Email: ug-compsci@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/cccy

www.city.ac.uk 143
Computer Science
with Games Technology
MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons)
This degree develops technical games-development
School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

skills, along with a more general computer science


education, helping students embark on a career in
an exciting and dynamic industry.

Students gain advanced knowledge of


MSci (Hons) and BSc (Hons) game engine architectures, computer
graphics and game design, including
UCAS codes English language requirements
the specialist skills needed for
— MSci (Hons): GG49 IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum building computer game software.
— BSc (Hons): G490 of 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all other They acquire leading-edge computer
components. games programming expertise,
Duration PTE Academic: 58 overall with a becoming proficient in a broad range
— MSci (Hons): 4 years or 5 years minimum of 50 in each component. of programming languages and
with a 1-year placement. software design techniques. Students
— BSc (Hons): 3 years, or 4 years with a Other courses you may like also develop commercially valuable
1-year placement, or the Professional — Business Computing Systems skills in computing laboratories and
Pathway scheme (combining the BSc (Hons) work with research groups. This
degree with IT work experience). — Computer Science degree is suitable for those who want
MSci (Hons)/BSc (Hons) to apply their imagination to complex
Entry requirements — Computer Science with Cyber programming problems, while gaining
Typical requirements: Security MSci (Hons). experience in a creative, dynamic and
successful area of British industry.
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (Computer Science,
Mathematics or Physics preferred). Course structure
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. Year one
All Computer Science courses at
— BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate City share a common first year and
subjects only). students can select their final degree
— E xtended Project Qualification course at the end of the first year.
(EPQ): We welcome applications
In year one, all students study
that include the EPQ. Where
six core modules:
relevant, this may be included in
— Computation and reasoning
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
— Mathematics for computing
offer reduced by one grade.
— Software engineering
— IB: 32 points total, including all — Systems architecture
Higher Level subjects at grade 6. — Programming in Java
— Mixed qualifications: We do accept — Business systems.
applications from students who Year two
are completing a combination of In year two, full-time students take
qualifications. For this course, this a further six core modules and
would be something like: D* undertake a team project.
in IT with a grade B in ‘A’ Level
Computer Science and a grade B in Core modules:
another ‘A’ Level. We may also take — Data structures and algorithms
‘AS’ Level grades into consideration. — Games technology
— Networks and operating systems
In addition, the following is required: — Object-oriented analysis and design
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade — Professional development in IT
C in English and a minimum of grade — Programming in C++.
5/grade C in Mathematics.

144 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Computer Science with Games Technology MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons)
Year three Assessment is by examination
In year three, full-time students take and coursework although some
a core module in advanced games components, such as the team project,
technology, with BSc (Hons) students are assessed by coursework alone.
taking a further four elective modules
and MSci (Hons) students taking Opportunities for
seven additional core and elective work placements
modules from a list of over twenty. All students may gain paid work
All BSc (Hons) students undertake an experience as part of their degree.
individual project, researching and MSci (Hons) students may take a one
developing systems in an area of their year placement after either year two
own specialist interest. or year three. BSc (Hons) students
Elective modules include: may take a one-year placement
— Artificial intelligence between years two and three or join
— Computer graphics the innovative Professional Pathway
— Data visualization scheme, which enables students to
— Digital signal processing combine placement employment with
— IT security their studies.
— Project management.
Career opportunities
Professional Pathway students Careers include working as a key
undertake IT work experience while technical specialist in the computer
studying part-time for years two and games industry or as a business
three over three years. analyst, web developer, technical
architect, user experience designer
Year four (MSci)
or helpdesk engineer. A broad
In year four, MSci students take four
knowledge of computer science and
compulsory core modules, one elective
sophisticated programming skills
module and a core individual project.
also make graduates attractive to
Core modules include: employers in other industries.
— The games development process
— Physics and AI Accreditation
— Computer games architectures. The BSc course is accredited by
both TIGA (the UK games trade
Elective modules include: organisation) and the Chartered
— Advanced algorithms and data Institute for IT (BCS), exempting
structures students from their professional
— Readings in computer science examinations and offering a
— Software systems design pathway to chartered status.
— Advanced database technologies The new MSci course is pending
— Computer vision. accreditations in February 2017.
Enquiries
Email: ug-compsci@city.ac.uk
Students learn through a combination
of lectures, case studies, seminars and For the most current and Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406
laboratory sessions. Project and group comprehensive information about
work aim to develop creativity and this course, please visit our website.
Course webpage
problem-solving and play a major part
in the course. Learning is also supported MSci: www.city.ac.uk/cmgt
by the online e-learning system. BSc: www.city.ac.uk/cbgt

www.city.ac.uk 145
Data Science
MSci (Hons)*

This degree prepares students for a successful career


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

within the growing data science discipline, providing


a combination of computing and data analysis skills
needed to extract insights from complex data.

This course prepares students for a Course structure


MSci (Hons) successful career as a data scientist The course shares its first two years
UCAS code with a strong theoretical and with the BSc (Hons) Computer
G102 professionally oriented computer Science, before specialising in
science background. Studies start the third and fourth years.
Duration by building the foundational
4 years or 5 years including a skills within computer science, Year one
professional placement such as algorithmic thinking and All Computer Science courses at
programming. Then students City share a common first year.
Entry requirements develop the specialist data scientist Students can select their final degree
Typical requirements: skills needed for the extraction of course at the end of the first year.
actionable insight from complex
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (Computer Science, In year one, all students
data collections. Students gain
Mathematics or Physics preferred). study six core modules:
specialist skills in data acquisition,
— Computation and reasoning
— Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points. data analysis, knowledge extraction
— Mathematics for computing
and explanation, which are all in
— BTEC: D*DD (IT/numerate — Software engineering
high demand across many sectors
subjects only). — Systems architecture
benefiting from IT technologies, such
— Programming in Java
— Extended Project Qualification (EPQ): as health, ‘smart cities’ or the creative
— Business systems.
We welcome applications that include industries. This degree is suitable
the EPQ. Where relevant, this may be for those who would like to develop Year two
included in our offer, resulting in an creative computational solutions to In year two, students take a
‘A’ Level offer reduced by one grade. contribute towards the data-intensive further seven core modules
— IB: 32 points total, including all transformation that is reshaping including a team project:
Higher Level subjects at grade 6. the way our society operates. — Programming in C++
— Networks and operating systems
— Mixed qualifications: We do accept
— Object-oriented analysis and design
applications from students who
— Language processors
are completing a combination of
— Data structures and algorithms
qualifications. For this course, this
— Team project
would be something like: D* in IT
with a grade B in ‘A’ Level Computer — Professional development in IT.
Science and a grade B in another
‘A’ Level. We may also take ‘AS’
Level grades into consideration.
In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/grade
C in English and a minimum of
grade 5/grade C in Mathematics.
English language requirements
IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in writing and 5.5 in all other
components.
* At the point of publication of this
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a prospectus (February 2017), this course
minimum of 50 in each component. remains subject to approval. Please
visit our website before applying for
this course to ensure it is available
for the 2018/19 academic year.

146 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Data Science MSci (Hons)
Year three Students learn through a combination
In year three, students take five core of lectures, case studies, seminars
modules and three electives, building and laboratory sessions. Project
specialist data scientist skills. and group work aim to develop
creativity and problem-solving and
Core modules: play a major part in the course.
— Principles of data science Learning is also supported by
— Artificial intelligence the online e-learning system.
— Introduction to data mining
— Software agents Assessment is by examination
— Advanced databases. and coursework although some
components, such as the team project,
Elective modules include: are assessed by coursework alone.
— Data visualization
— Cloud computing Opportunities for work
— Digital signal processing
and audio programming
placements
— Advanced programming: Students may gain paid work
concurrency experience as part of their degree
— Human computer interaction. by taking a one-year placement.

Year four Career opportunities


In year four, students take four Graduates of this course can expect
core and one elective modules to achieve employment as a data
in addition to a large individual scientist in a range of businesses, from
project, researching and developing health to retail, in the IT industry or
solutions in a data-intensive area in government, or undertake further
of their own specialist interest. study at a doctoral level. The broad
Core modules: knowledge of computer science skills
— Machine learning also makes graduates attractive to
— Big data employers in other industries.
— Visual analytics
— Neural computing. Accreditation
This course is pending accreditation
Elective modules include: by the Chartered Institute for IT
— Computer vision (BCS), exempting students from
— Service-oriented architectures Other courses you may like
their professional examinations and — Computer Science
— Readings in computer science. offering a pathway to chartered status. MSci (Hons)/BSc (Hons)
For the most current and — Computer Science with Games
comprehensive information about Technology MSci (Hons)/BSc (Hons).
this course, please visit our website.
Enquiries
Email: ug-compsci@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 8406

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/cdsc

www.city.ac.uk 147
Electrical and Electronic
Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
Electrical and electronic engineers develop systems that power our homes
School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

and enable us to communicate wherever we are. From smartphones and


agile robots to aircraft control systems and renewable energy provision,
the solutions developed by electrical and electronic engineers continue
to improve and transform our lives.
Students studying these degrees
MEng (Hons) BEng (Hons) are provided with a strong technical
UCAS codes UCAS code background in the key subjects of
H607 MEng (Hons), H609 MEng (Hons) H602 electronics, power engineering, signal
with professional placement. processing and mechatronics, offered
in conjunction with engineering
Duration Duration management. Learning involves
4 years or 5 years including a 3 years. lectures, tutorials, laboratory
professional placement. classes and group design exercises.
Students learn from a combination
Entry requirements Entry requirements of theoretical, experimental and
Typical requirements: Typical requirements: computational study. Our laboratories
feature chip production facilities
— ‘A’ Level: AAA (including — ‘A’ Level: ABB (including and electrical power equipment.
Mathematics and Physics or Mathematics and Physics or
Students take advantage of many
Chemistry or Biology). Chemistry or Biology).
recent advances in computer-based
— Tariff: 144 UCAS tariff points, — Tariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, engineering analyses, using software
including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and such as Matlab and LabView. Our
Physics or Chemistry or Biology. Physics or Chemistry or Biology. approach is to encourage critical
— BTEC: BTEC is not considered. — BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with thinking and foster curiosity through
minimum grade B in ‘A’ Level both teamwork and independent
Mathematics or Physics. study. Design is a primary focus for
our degrees. Detailed design projects
— E
 xtended Project Qualification — E xtended Project Qualification are enhanced by close involvement
(EPQ): We welcome applications (EPQ): We welcome applications from industrial specialists, thereby
that include the EPQ. Where that include the EPQ. Where ensuring that students tackle
relevant, this may be included in relevant, this may be included in pertinent and timely challenges.
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
offer reduced by one grade. offer reduced by one grade. Grades obtained in each year count
towards the final degree classification,
— IB: 35 points total, including — IB: 33 points total, including
with increasing weight given to the
Higher Level Mathematics and Higher Level Mathematics and
later years.
Physics at grade 6. Physics at grade 6.
In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ — GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/
grade C in English. grade C in English.

English language requirements English language requirements


IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in each component. of 6.0 in each component.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component. minimum of 50 in each component.

Other courses you may like Other courses you may like
— Biomedical Engineering MEng (Hons) — Biomedical Engineering BEng (Hons)
— Engineering MEng (Hons) — Engineering BEng (Hons)
— Electrical Engineering — Electrical Engineering
Foundation course. Foundation course.

148 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Electrical and Electronic Engineering MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
Course structure Opportunities for Accreditation
Year one work placements The integrated MEng (Hons)
Year one is common to all of the MEng students are strongly degree offers the most direct route
engineering courses. Students encouraged to take a 12-month to achieving Chartered Engineer
study the science (largely physics) industrial placement between professional registration. Our
and mathematics that underpin the end of year three and start of current degrees are accredited by
engineering principles. They are their final year. Specialist advisors the Institution of Engineering and
also instructed in how to develop within the School are in regular Technology and the Institute of
computer programs to (i) solve contact with companies to assist Measurement and Control. We have
numerical analysis problems and students in finding suitable work every expectation that the new
(ii) control mechatronic systems. experience. Students are paid while degrees listed here will similarly
Group exercises provide students on placement and are visited by receive full accreditation.
with the opportunities to undertake their personal tutor during this time.
preliminary engineering designs. Following placement, students more For the most current and
fully appreciate the context and comprehensive information about
Year two this course, please visit our website.
relevance of their university studies
Students begin to specialise in
and gain a greater understanding of
Electrical and Electronic Engineering
the industry they are about to join.
in year two. Learning includes modules
This valuable experience allows
on measurement, data analysis,
students to take on graduate-level
mechatronics and electronic circuit
responsibilities, often while working
design. Students registered on the BEng
within a multidisciplinary team.
degree, who average at least 60 per cent
at the end of year two, are encouraged Career opportunities
to transfer to the MEng degree. We have been educating aspiring
Year three electrical and electronic engineers
The third year includes signal for almost 90 years. Our graduates
processing and communications, are equipped with the skills that the
system modelling and control, profession demands and we are proud
electromagnetism and power of the success they have enjoyed at the
engineering and digital design. forefront of their profession. Recent
By the end of this year students graduates have joined employers
have established a systematic and such as UK Power Networks, BT,
detailed knowledge of their discipline National Grid, AECOM, BP, Huawei,
and an understanding of the role British Aerospace and DeltaRail.
of engineering management.
Year four (MEng)
The final year of the integrated
Masters involves a significant
individual research project and major Enquiries
design exercise (guiding students Email: ug-smcse@city.ac.uk
to produce safe, sustainable and
ethical solutions) and modules Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050
covering advanced signal processing,
communications, system modelling Course webpage
and control and microelectronics.
MEng: www.city.ac.uk/emee
BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebee

www.city.ac.uk 149
Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)

This new degree responds to the demand for engineers enthused by


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

tackling cross-disciplinary challenges, in particular through the development


of advanced engineering software (using high-performance computers)
and use of digital manufacturing. This degree prepares multidisciplinary
engineers for an exciting career in computational design and analysis.
The continual growth in computer
MEng (Hons) BEng (Hons) speed, storage capabilities and
UCAS codes UCAS codes visualization techniques, combined
H102 MEng (Hons), H103 MEng (Hons) H101 with greater levels of understanding
with professional placement. of the physics that explains our world,
has led to remarkable improvements in
Duration Duration the fidelity of engineering simulations.
4 years or 5 years including a 3 years.
professional placement. The course is delivered through
lectures, tutorials, group design
Entry requirements Entry requirements exercises, laboratory classes and
Typical requirements: Typical requirements: programming workshops. Learning
involves a combination of theoretical,
‘A’ Level: AAA (including
—  — ‘A’ Level: ABB (including experimental and computational study.
Mathematics and Physics or Mathematics and Physics or Our approach is to encourage critical
Chemistry or Biology). Chemistry or Biology). thinking and foster curiosity through
— T ariff: 144 UCAS tariff points, — T ariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, both teamwork and independent
including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and study. The design exercises provide
Physics or Chemistry or Biology. Physics or Chemistry or Biology. the opportunity for students to
— B
 TEC: D*DD in Engineering be engaged in cross-disciplinary
— B
 TEC: BTEC is not considered.
with minimum grade B in ‘A’ Level challenges, preparing the way for
Mathematics or Physics. tackling larger problems which span
traditional engineering boundaries.
— E
 xtended Project Qualification — E xtended Project Qualification
(EPQ): We welcome applications (EPQ): We welcome applications
that include the EPQ. Where that include the EPQ. Where
relevant, this may be included in relevant, this may be included in
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level
offer reduced by one grade. offer reduced by one grade.
— I B: 35 points total, including — I B: 33 points total, including
Higher Level Mathematics and Higher Level Mathematics and
Physics at grade 6. Physics at grade 6.
In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ — GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/
grade C in English. grade C in English.

English language requirements English language requirements


IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in each component. of 6.0 in each component.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component. minimum of 50 in each component.

Other courses you may like Other courses you may like
— Structural Engineering MEng (Hons) — Structural Engineering MEng (Hons)
— Mechanical Engineering MEng (Hons) — Mechanical Engineering BEng (Hons)
— Mechanical Engineering — Mechanical Engineering
Foundation course. Foundation course.

150 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Engineering MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
Course structure Assessment is by coursework and Career opportunities
Year one examinations. Group learning and Numerate engineering graduates
Year one is common to all of the communication skills are addressed who exhibit strong logical skills,
engineering courses. Students through design studies and curiosity and an ability to perform
study the science (largely physics) presentations. Practical and technical at the highest technical level are
and mathematics that underpin skills are assessed through laboratory much sought after by industry. This
engineering principles. They are work, data analysis and project reports. broad engineering degree develops
also instructed in how to develop Grades obtained in each year count a student’s capabilities in not just
computer programs to (i) solve towards the final degree classification, problem-solving, but problem-
numerical analysis problems and with increasing weight given to the seeking. Graduates have the potential
(ii) control mechatronic systems. later years. to work within interdisciplinary
Group exercises provide students teams on a wide range of advanced
with the opportunities to undertake Opportunities for engineering technologies spanning
preliminary engineering designs. from the design of space probes or
work placements
aeroengines, F1 aerodynamics, oil and
Year two MEng students are strongly gas recovery, to tether-free walking
Students begin to specialise in year encouraged to take a 12-month robots and the design of artificial
two, advancing their knowledge industrial placement between the human heart valves.
of solid and fluid mechanics while end of year three and start of their
also studying measurement, data final year. Specialist advisors within Accreditation
analysis and mechatronics. Students the School are in regular contact
Our current engineering degrees
registered on the BEng degree, who with companies to assist students
are all accredited by the relevant
average at least 60 per cent at the in finding suitable work experience.
professional institutions, providing a
end of year two, are encouraged Students are paid while on placement
path for graduates to gain Chartered
to transfer to the MEng degree. and are visited by their personal
Engineer status. We have every
tutor during this time. Following
Year three expectation that the new degrees
placement, students more fully
The third year places increasing listed here will similarly receive full
appreciate the context and relevance
emphasis on cross-disciplinary institutional accreditation.
of their university studies and gain a
computational analysis. Modules greater understanding of the industry
include structural engineering, For the most current and
they are about to join. This valuable
aerodynamics, signal processing comprehensive information about
experience may count towards the
and medical physics and this course, please visit our website.
requirements for a professional
engineering management. engineering qualification.
Year four (MEng)
The final year of the integrated Masters
involves a major individual research
project, group design exercises
and modules covering advanced
computational methods, structural
dynamics, aeroelasticity and advanced Enquiries
computational fluid dynamics. Email: ug-smcse@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050

Course webpage

MEng: www.city.ac.uk/eenm
BEng: www.city.ac.uk/eenb

www.city.ac.uk 151
Mathematics
BSc (Hons)

This course provides an introduction to a wide


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

range of mathematical topics. A central theme


is the application of mathematical methods to
abstract and real-world problems.

Mathematics expresses itself All students take the following


UCAS code in almost every facet of life and core modules:
G100 shapes the way we understand the — Algebra
world around us. Besides being a — Functions, vectors and calculus
Duration fascinating field of study in its own — Introduction to probability theory
3 years or 4 years including right, mathematics provides the — Number theory and cryptography
a professional placement. basis for addressing and solving a — Introduction to modelling
large range of problems emerging in — Logic and set theory
Entry requirements
nature, business or industry. This — Programming and
Typical requirements:
course provides students with an computational mathematics.
— ‘A’ Level: AAB (including grade A in understanding of pure and applied
Mathematics or Further Mathematics). aspects of mathematics. Our students Year two
acquire valuable transferable skills Students continue to develop
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points,
such as logical reasoning, numerical their mathematical skills by
including grade A in ‘A’ Level
and abstract thinking, modelling taking advanced mathematical
Mathematics or Further Mathematics.
and problem-solving. Excellent core modules and are given the
— BTEC: DD with an ‘A’ Level grade A facilities ensure that lectures and opportunity to choose one module
in Mathematics. tutorials are supported through from a pool of elective modules.
— E xtended Project Qualification PC-based laboratory sessions. To All students take the following
(EPQ): We welcome applications ease the transition from school to core modules:
that include the EPQ and this may the university environment we offer — Vector calculus
be taken into account in our offer. weekly small group tutorials in the — Linear algebra
first year of study, which provide — Applied mathematics
— IB: 34 points total, including Higher intensive individual assistance for — Numerical mathematics
Level Mathematics at grade 6. the topics of the core modules. In the — Real and complex analysis
— Mixed qualifications: Please email final year, students carry out their — Sequence and series.
us to check your combination and own research project chosen from a
wide variety of mathematical topics. Students also choose one of the
to find out what requirements
Assessment within modules is based following elective modules:
we would have for your specific
on examination and coursework — Decision analysis
combination of qualifications.
whereby marks are weighted in a — Applications of probability
In addition, the following is required: ratio 1:3:6 for the three years of study and statistics.
to produce an overall aggregate.
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ Year three
grade C in English. Course structure Students take three core modules
Year one and specialise according to their own
English language requirements mathematical interests. Students
Students concentrate on developing
IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum
basic mathematical skills, which build choose four elective modules from a
of 6.0 in each component.
the foundation of any specialisation diverse pool of options, which allows
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a chosen in years two and three. them to gain advanced knowledge in
minimum of 50 in each component. areas such as modern applications
of mathematics, modelling and
applied mathematics, discrete
mathematics and application
and statistical processes and
applications. All students take part
in a group project and undertake
their own mathematical research,
closely supervised by an academic
member of the department.

152 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Mathematics BSc (Hons)
All students take the Career opportunities
following core modules: City graduates are equipped with a
— Advanced complex analysis variety of mathematical skills and
— Differential equations find a wide range of careers open to
— Research group project. them. The ability to think logically
Students also choose four of the and abstractly, to solve problems
following elective modules: and to model real-world phenomena
— Discrete mathematics are sought after by employers. Given
— Dynamical systems City’s location many recent graduates
— Mathematical processes for finance have been employed by large firms
— Mathematical biology in the financial or industrial sector,
— Game theory while others have gone into education,
— Groups and symmetry Civil Service and research.
— Introduction to Accreditation
mathematical physics Good performance in certain
— Fluid dynamics modules can lead to exemptions
— Operational research from professional examinations
— Stochastic models of the Institute of Actuaries.
— Probability and statistics II.
Opportunities for work For the most current and
placements comprehensive information about
this course, please visit our website.
Students have the opportunity to
seek a one-year placement in
industry after the second year.
Our dedicated team of placement
specialists, the Professional Liaison
Unit, has extensive experience in
helping students to secure placement
employment across a range of
industries. Past experience has
shown that placement students
develop technical skills and business
knowledge and return to university
with more maturity, motivation Other courses you may like
and a much better understanding — Mathematics with Finance and
of key concepts, having applied Economics BSc (Hons)
them in placements. Additionally, — Mathematics and Finance
placement students frequently receive BSc (Hons).
sponsorships and future graduate
employment from their employers.
Enquiries
Email: maths-admissions@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050

Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/mmat

www.city.ac.uk 153
Mathematics and Finance
BSc (Hons)

This course provides an introduction to a range of


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

mathematical topics and various aspects of finance and


economics with a special focus on actuarial science.

This course is aimed at mathematics Course structure


UCAS code students with a particular interest
GN13 Year one
in finance, specifically in actuarial Students concentrate on developing
Duration science. It includes Finance and basic mathematical skills and gaining
3 years or 4 years including a Economics modules delivered by knowledge in important financial
professional placement. the Cass Business School and the and economic topics. Year one lays
Department of Economics. Students the foundation for any specialisation
Entry requirements combine the study of mathematics chosen in years two and three.
Typical requirements: and finance and explore their
interactions with each other. All students take the following
— ‘A’ Level: AAB (including grade A in core modules:
Mathematics or Further Mathematics). This course provides students with an — Algebra
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points, understanding of important elements — Functions, vectors and calculus
including grade A in ‘A’ Level of mathematics and of aspects of — Introduction to probability statistics
Mathematics or Further Mathematics. financial theory such as financial — Programming and
reporting or corporate finance. computational mathematics
— BTEC: DD with an ‘A’ Level grade A Excellent facilities ensure that lectures
in Mathematics. — Introduction to microeconomics
and tutorials are supported through — Introduction to macroeconomics
— E xtended Project Qualification PC-based laboratory sessions. To — Financial and investment
(EPQ): We welcome applications ease the transition from school to mathematics A.
that include the EPQ and this may the university environment we offer
be taken into account in our offer. weekly small-group tutorials in the Year two
first year, which provide intensive Students continue to develop their
— IB: 34 points total, including Higher
Level Mathematics at grade 6. individual assistance for the topics mathematical skills and financial
of the core modules. In the final knowledge by taking advanced
— Mixed qualifications: Please email year, students carry out their own core modules. They are given the
us to check your combination and research project chosen from a wide opportunity to choose one module
to find out what requirements variety of mathematical topics. from a pool of elective modules.
we would have for your specific Assessment within modules is based
combination of qualifications. All students take the following
on examination and coursework
core modules:
In addition, the following is required: whereby marks are weighted in a
— Real and complex analysis
ratio 1:3:6 for the three years of study
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ — Vector calculus
to produce an overall aggregate.
grade C in English. — Linear algebra
— Finance and financial reporting A
English language requirements — Finance and financial reporting B
IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum — Financial and investment
of 6.0 in each component. mathematics B.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
Students also choose one of the
minimum of 50 in each component.
following elective modules:
Other courses you may like — Applied mathematics
— Mathematics BSc (Hons) — Sequences and series
— Mathematics with Finance and — Numerical mathematics
Economics BSc (Hons). — Applications of probability
and statistics.

154 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Mathematics and Finance BSc (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for work
Students take three core modules placements
and specialise according to their Students have the opportunity to
own mathematical and economic seek a one-year placement in
interests. Students choose four industry after the second year.
elective modules from a diverse pool Our dedicated team of placement
of options, which allows them to gain specialists, the Professional Liaison
advanced knowledge in areas such as Unit, has extensive experience in
modern applications of mathematics, helping students to secure placement
modelling and applied mathematics, employment across a range of
discrete mathematics and application industries. Past experience has
and statistical processes and shown that placement students
applications. All students take part develop technical skills and business
in a group project and undertake knowledge and return to university
their own mathematical research, with more maturity, motivation
closely supervised by an academic and a much better understanding
member of the department. of key concepts, having applied
All students take the following them in placements. Additionally,
core modules: placement students frequently receive
— Advanced complex analysis sponsorships and future graduate
— Differential equations employment from their employers.
— Research group project.
Career opportunities
Students choose two of the following City graduates are equipped with a
elective Mathematics modules: variety of mathematical skills and
— Discrete mathematics find a wide range of careers open to
— Dynamical systems them. The ability to think logically
— Game theory and abstractly, to solve problems
— Groups and symmetry and to model real-world phenomena
— Introduction to are sought after by employers. Given
mathematical physics City’s location many recent graduates
— Mathematical processes for finance have been employed by large firms
— Mathematical biology in the financial or industrial sector,
— Fluid dynamics. while others have gone into education,
Students also choose two of the Civil Service and research.
following elective Finance modules:
— Operational research Accreditation
— Stochastic models Good performance in certain
— Probability and statistics II modules can lead to exemptions
— Corporate finance from professional examinations
— Corporate risk management of the Institute of Actuaries.
Enquiries
— Introduction to financial
For the most current and Email: maths-admissions@city.ac.uk
derivatives
— General insurance. comprehensive information about Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050
this course, please visit our website.
Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/mmfi

www.city.ac.uk 155
Mathematics with
Finance and Economics
BSc (Hons)
This course provides an introduction to a
School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

range of mathematical topics and various


aspects of finance and economics.

 This course is aimed at mathematics Course structure


UCAS code students with a particular interest
G1L1 Year one
in financial and economic theory. Students concentrate on developing
Duration It includes Finance and Economics basic mathematical skills and gaining
3 years or 4 years including a modules delivered by the Cass knowledge in important financial
professional placement. Business School and the Department and economic topics. Year one lays
of Economics. Students combine the foundation for any specialisation
Entry requirements the study of mathematics, finance chosen in years two and three.
Typical requirements: and economics and explore their
interactions with each other. All students take the following
— ‘A’ Level: AAB (including grade A in core modules:
Mathematics or Further Mathematics).
This course provides students with an — Algebra
— Tariff: 136 UCAS tariff points understanding of important aspects — Functions, vectors and calculus
including grade A in ‘A’ Level of mathematics and of aspects of — Introduction to probability statistics
Mathematics or Further Mathematics. financial and economic theory such as — Programming and computational
— BTEC: DD with an ‘A’ Level grade A financial markets, corporate finance mathematics
in Mathematics. or micro- and macroeconomics. — Number theory and cryptography
Excellent facilities ensure that lectures — Introduction to microeconomics
— E xtended Project Qualification and tutorials are supported through — Introduction to macroeconomics.
(EPQ): We welcome applications PC-based laboratory sessions. To
that include the EPQ and this may Year two
ease the transition from school to
be taken into account in our offer. Students continue to develop their
the university environment we offer
mathematical skills and economic
— IB: 34 points total, including Higher weekly small-group tutorials in the
knowledge by taking advanced
Level Mathematics at grade 6. first year of study, which provide
core modules. Additionally,
intensive individual assistance for
— Mixed qualifications: Please email they are given the opportunity to
the topics of the core modules. In the
us to check your combination and choose three modules from a pool
final year, students carry out their
to find out what requirements of elective modules.
we would have for your specific own research project chosen from a
combination of qualifications. wide variety of mathematical topics. All students take the following
Assessment within modules is based core modules:
In addition, the following is required: on examination and coursework — Real and complex analysis
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ whereby marks are weighted in a — Vector calculus
grade C in English. ratio 1:3:6 for the three years of study — Linear algebra
to produce an overall aggregate. — Finance and financial reporting A.
English language requirements
IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum Students then choose between the
of 6.0 in each component. following groups of two modules:
— Intermediate microeconomics
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
I and II
minimum of 50 in each component.
— Intermediate macroeconomics
Other courses you may like I and II.
— Mathematics BSc (Hons) Students also choose one of the
— Mathematics and Finance following elective modules:
BSc (Hons). — Applied mathematics
— Sequences and series
— Numerical mathematics.

156 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Mathematics with Finance and Economics BSc (Hons)
Year three Opportunities for
Students take two core modules work placements
and specialise according to their Students have the opportunity to
own mathematical and economic seek a one-year placement in
interests. Students choose five industry after the second year.
elective modules from a diverse pool Our dedicated team of placement
of options, which allows them to gain specialists, the Professional Liaison
advanced knowledge in areas such as Unit, has extensive experience in
modern applications of mathematics, helping students to secure placement
modelling and applied mathematics, employment across a range of
discrete mathematics and application industries. Past experience has
and statistical processes and shown that placement students
applications. Additionally all students develop technical skills and business
take part in a group project and knowledge and return to university
undertake their own mathematical with more maturity, motivation
research, closely supervised by an and a much better understanding
academic member of the department. of key concepts, having applied
All students take the following them in placements. Additionally,
core modules: placement students frequently receive
— Differential equations sponsorships and future graduate
— Research group project. employment from their employers.

Students choose two of the following Career opportunities


elective Mathematics modules: City graduates are equipped with
— Discrete mathematics a variety of mathematical skills
— Dynamical systems and find a wide range of careers
— Game theory open to them. The ability to think
— Groups and symmetry logically and abstractly, to solve
— Introduction to problems and to model real-world
mathematical physics phenomena are highly sought after
— Advanced complex analysis by employers. Given City’s location
— Mathematical processes for finance many recent graduates have been
— Mathematical biology employed by large firms in the
— Fluid dynamics. financial or industrial sector, while
Students also choose three of the others have gone into education,
following elective Finance and Civil Service and research.
Economics modules:
— Corporate finance Accreditation
— International finance Good performance in certain
— Financial economics modules can lead to exemptions
— History of economic thought from professional examinations
Enquiries
— Finance and financial reporting B of the Institute of Actuaries.
Email: maths-admissions@city.ac.uk
— Monetary economics
— Economics of European integration For the most current and Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050
— Money and banking comprehensive information about
— Industrial organisation this course, please visit our website.
Course webpage
— Operational research.
www.city.ac.uk/mmfe

www.city.ac.uk 157
Mechanical Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)

These degrees are ideal for practically minded, creative individuals who
School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

relish problem-solving and have a strong desire to design and optimise


advanced machines (be they driverless cars, high-speed trains, robotic
manufacturing systems, tidal power stations or solar-powered generators)
through the novel application of science and mathematics.
Mechanical engineering encompasses
MEng (Hons) BEng (Hons) the remarkably successful disciplines of
UCAS codes UCAS code mechanical design, material sciences,
H304 MEng (Hons), H305 MEng (Hons) H300 thermodynamics and heat transfer,
with professional placement. solid and fluid mechanics and control.
Duration Our approach is to encourage critical
Duration 3 years. thinking and foster curiosity through
4 years or 5 years including a both teamwork and independent
professional placement. Entry requirements
Typical requirements: study. The design exercises provide
Entry requirements the opportunity for students to
Typical requirements:
— ‘A’ Level: ABB (including be engaged in cross-disciplinary
Mathematics and Physics challenges, preparing the way for
— ‘A’ Level: AAA (including Level or Chemistry or Biology). tackling larger problems that span
Mathematics and Physics or
— T ariff: 128 UCAS tariff points, traditional engineering boundaries.
Chemistry or Biology).
including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and The courses are led by academic staff
— Tariff: 144 UCAS tariff points, Physics or Chemistry or Biology. from our active Research Centres,
including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and supported by specialist professionals
Physics or Chemistry or Biology.
— BTEC: D*DD in Engineering with from industry.
minimum grade B in ‘A’ Level
— BTEC: BTEC is not considered. Mathematics or Physics. The course is delivered through
lectures, tutorials, group design
— E xtended Project Qualification — E xtended Project Qualification exercises, laboratory classes
(EPQ): We welcome applications (EPQ): We welcome applications and engineering workshops.
that include the EPQ. Where that include the EPQ. Where Learning involves a combination
relevant, this may be included in relevant, this may be included in of theoretical, experimental
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level and computational study.
offer reduced by one grade. offer reduced by one grade.
The integrated MEng (Hons) degree
— IB: 35 points total, including — IB: 33 points total, including
offers the most direct route to
Higher Level Mathematics and Higher Level Mathematics and
achieving Chartered Engineer (CEng)
Physics at grade 6. Physics at grade 6.
professional registration.
In addition, the following is required: In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ — GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/ Course structure
grade C in English. grade C in English. Year one
Year one is common to all of the
English language requirements English language requirements engineering courses. Students
IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum study the science (largely physics)
6.0 in each component. of 6.0 in each component. and mathematics that underpin
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a minimum PTE Academic: 58 overall with a engineering principles. They are
of 50 in each component. minimum of 50 in each component. also instructed in how to develop
computer programs to (i) solve
Other courses you may like Other courses you may like numerical analysis problems and
— Aeronautical Engineering — Aeronautical Engineering (ii) control mechatronic systems.
MEng (Hons) BEng (Hons) Group exercises provide students
— Engineering MEng (Hons) — Engineering BEng (Hons) with the opportunities to undertake
— Mechanical Engineering — Mechanical Engineering preliminary engineering designs.
Foundation course. Foundation course.

158 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Mechanical Engineering MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons)
Year two Opportunities for Accreditation
Students begin to specialise in year work placements Our current degrees are accredited
two, advancing their knowledge MEng students are strongly encouraged by the Institution of Mechanical
of solid and fluid mechanics while to take a 12-month industrial placement Engineers, providing a path for
also studying measurement, data between the end of year three and graduates to gain CEng status.
analysis and mechatronics. Students start of their final year. Specialist We have every expectation that
registered on the BEng degree, who advisors within the School are in the new degrees listed here will
average at least 60 per cent at the regular contact with companies to similarly receive full accreditation.
end of year two, are encouraged assist students in finding suitable
to transfer to the MEng degree. work experience. Students are paid For the most current and
Year three while on placement and are visited comprehensive information about
The third year places increasing by their personal tutor during this this course, please visit our website.
emphasis on mechanical time. Following placement, students
design. Modules include: fluid more fully appreciate the context and
mechanics, mechatronics and relevance of their university studies
control, structural analysis, and gain a greater understanding
thermodynamics and heat transfer of the industry they are about to
and engineering management. join. This valuable experience may
count towards the requirements for a
Year four (MEng) professional engineering qualification.
The final year of the integrated
Masters involves a major individual Career opportunities
research project, group design Mechanical Engineering graduates
exercises and modules covering work in industries such as transport,
advanced structural analysis power generation, manufacturing,
and heat transfer and either gas automotive and oil and gas
turbine engineering or advanced exploration. Our recent graduates
computational fluid dynamics. have obtained posts within Ford,
Assessment is by coursework and Howden, Delphi Diesel Systems, AVL,
examinations. Group learning and Rolls-Royce, Jaguar Land Rover, Tube
communication skills are addressed Line and Holroyd. These engineers are
through design studies and involved in areas as diverse as product
presentations. Practical and technical development, advanced computer-
skills are assessed through laboratory based design, computational fluid
work, data analysis and project reports. dynamics simulations, robotics,
energy conservation, maintenance,
Grades obtained in each year count decommissioning and engineering
towards the final degree classification, management.
with increasing weight given to the
later years.
Enquiries
Email: ug-smcse@city.ac.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050

Course webpage

MEng: www.city.ac.uk/emme
BEng: www.city.ac.uk/ebme

www.city.ac.uk 159
Structural Engineering
MEng (Hons)

Structural engineering is the discipline responsible for the design (and


School of Mathematics, Computer Science & Engineering

construction) of elegant, stable and durable structures including tall buildings,


long-span bridges and Olympic sports stadiums. These are among the most
breathtaking and uplifting constructions realised by humankind.

This new degree is the first of its kind Learning involves a combination
MEng (Hons) to be offered in London. It responds of theoretical, experimental and
to the demand for motivated, creative computational study with help
UCAS codes individuals who wish to take full to develop sketching and other
H2Z6 MEng (Hons), H2Z3 MEng (Hons) advantage of their interest in science engineering communication skills.
with professional placement. and mathematics to arrive at elegant The material is delivered through
designs that link optimisation with lectures, tutorials, design exercises
Duration
a beauty of architectural form. (often replicating a multidisciplinary
4 years or 5 years including a
Students who have also studied art or studio environment), field courses
professional placement.
design are particularly suited to this and laboratory classes. Our
innovative course. The Clerkenwell approach rewards critical thinking
Entry requirements
location provides a vibrant and and curiosity. Students are shown
Typical requirements:
relevant environment for structural how to arrive at efficient solutions
— ‘A’ Level: AAA (including engineers to collaborate with leading where the structure can withstand
Mathematics and Physics or architects and other designers. the stresses and displacements
Chemistry or Biology). resulting from all plausible static
— Tariff: 144 UCAS tariff points, and dynamic loads (be they
including ‘A’ Level Mathematics and gravitational, seismic, wind, thermal
Physics or Chemistry or Biology. or impact). The process involves
selecting appropriate materials,
— BTEC: BTEC is not considered. deciding upon suitable geometries,
— E xtended Project Qualification understanding the requirements for
(EPQ): We welcome applications the foundations and considering
that include the EPQ. Where the construction sequence, while
relevant, this may be included in always keeping in mind aesthetics,
our offer, resulting in an ‘A’ Level function and economics.
offer reduced by one grade.
— IB: 35 points total, including
Higher Level Mathematics and
Physics at grade 6.
In addition, the following is required:
— GCSE: A minimum of grade 4/
grade C in English.

English language requirements


IELTS: 6.0 overall with a minimum of
6.0 in each component.
PTE Academic: 58 overall with a
minimum of 50 in each component.

Other courses you may like


— Civil Engineering
MEng (Hons)/BEng (Hons)
— Engineering
MEng (Hons)/BEng (Hons).

160 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Structural Engineering MEng (Hons)
Course structure Opportunities for Accreditation
Year one work placements Our engineering degrees are well
Year one is common to all of the MEng students are strongly established and have always been
engineering courses. Students encouraged to follow a 12-month accredited by the relevant professional
study the science (largely physics) industrial placement between the end institutions, providing a path for
and mathematics that underpin of year three and start of their final graduates to gain Chartered Engineer
engineering principles. They are year. Specialist advisors within the (CEng) status. Our background
also instructed in how to develop School are in regular contact with in continuously developing this
computer programs to (i) solve engineering firms to assist in finding standard of civil engineering
numerical analysis problems and suitable internships and placements. education means that we have every
(ii) control mechatronic systems. Students benefit from the advantage of expectation that the new degrees
Group exercises provide students studying in the vibrant Design Quarter listed here will similarly receive
with the opportunities to undertake of Clerkenwell, where numerous full institutional accreditation.
preliminary engineering designs. extracurricular professional activities
occur (for example, at the nearby For the most current and
Year two comprehensive information about
Institution of Structural Engineers).
Students begin to specialise in this course, please visit our website.
These offer excellent networking
year two, through the study of
opportunities that can lead to exciting
geology and soil mechanics and
work experience placements.
measurement and data analysis, in
addition to tackling more advanced
solid and fluid mechanics topics.
Career opportunities
We anticipate that graduates from this
Year three unique course will be sought after
The third year places further by leading structural engineering
emphasis on structural design, consultancies and architectural
with increasing exposure to both practices, such as Arup, WSP Parsons
case histories and live projects. Brinckerhoff, Thornton Tomasetti,
Students are shown how to take SOM, BuroHappold Engineering and
consideration of ethical, sustainability AKT II. High-achieving students will
and health and safety aspects when have the opportunity to undertake
conceiving engineering solutions. their placement or summer internship
with these businesses.
Year four (MEng)
The final year of the integrated
Masters involves a major individual
research project, substantial
group design exercises and
modules covering advanced
computational methods and either
bridge or tall building design.
Assessment is by both coursework Enquiries
and examinations. Grades obtained
in each year count towards the final Email: ug-smcse@city.ac.uk
degree classification, with increasing Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7040 6050
weight given to the later years.
Course webpage

www.city.ac.uk/este

www.city.ac.uk 161
Applying
to City
Applying to City

We offer high-quality, challenging courses to applicants


who demonstrate the preparation and potential to succeed.

162 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Information

www.city.ac.uk 163
General requirements Requirements for
specific courses
Making Our admissions and selection
processes aim to assess you fairly In addition to the general
and consistently. Some of the more
the grade common entry qualifications are
requirements, admission to most
courses requires grades in a specific
listed below. However, if you have subject or subjects relevant to the
A guide to entry non-standard qualifications, our course. See the entry requirements
Admissions Office staff regularly box on each course page in this
requirements deal with a wide range of academic,
vocational and professional
prospectus for more details.
Applying to City

Our admissions and selection qualifications as well as work English language requirements
experience and other life skills. We All applicants (both UK and overseas)
processes aim to assess you judge applications on individual are required to demonstrate that their
fairly and consistently. We merit, taking into account your ability to understand and express
judge applications on individual achievements and motivation to themselves in written and spoken
merit, taking into account your undertake the course. English is sufficient for them to be able
to benefit from and participate fully
academic achievements, relevant In order to enter a course at City you
in their degree course. A pass in one
experience and motivation to must satisfy any course-specific
of the following qualifications is the
undertake the course. requirements and/or be accepted by
minimum expectation:
the course Admissions Tutor.
— GCSE English Language at grade
Qualifications which meet the general
C or above in the system pre-
requirement are:
2015, or, a minimum of grade 4
— ‘A’ Levels
in the revised GCSE curriculum
— Cambridge Pre-University
— International GCSE in English as
— The International
a second language at grade C or
Baccalaureate Diploma
above in the pre-2015 curriculum.
— The Welsh Baccalaureate
In the new GCSE curriculum,
Advanced Diploma
this will be grade 4 or higher
— Scottish Qualification Advanced
— IELTS test of the British
Highers (SQA) and
Council at 6.0 overall or above.
Advanced Highers
Please see course pages for
— The Irish Leaving Certificate
information on requirements for
Higher Level
components of the IELTS test
— The European Baccalaureate
— The Pearson Test of English (PTE
— Business Technology and
Academic) at 58 overall with a
Education Council (BTEC)
minimum of 50 in each component.
— Qualifications and Credit
PTE is not considered suitable for
Framework (QCF)
The School of Health Sciences.
— An Access to Higher Education
Qualification. Visit www.city.ac.uk/ug2018/applying
for the most current and comprehensive
list of English language requirements.
Some courses will ask for more
than the minimum requirement, so
please check the relevant course page
in this prospectus.

Email enquiries
ugadmissions@city.ac.uk

Telephone enquiries
+44 (0) 20 7040 8716

Find out more


www.city.ac.uk/ug2018/applying

164 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Typical offers Overseas qualifications Although you will need to apply
The typical offers shown on the course We have extensive experience in for the course through UCAS, it is
pages of this prospectus indicate welcoming students from many a good idea to contact admissions
the usual standard of achievement countries and assessing their tutors first. They will discuss with
expected on joining the course. The educational backgrounds. School- you whether the degree is likely to
offer you receive may be different leaving qualifications that may be help you achieve your goals and how
from this indicative standard. It is considered for entry include: your experience and educational
important to remember that many of — Australian school leaving background match the course
our courses are very competitive and certificates requirements. Evidence of recent
possessing the minimum requirement — Canadian school leaving study, such as an ‘A’ Level evening

Making the grade A guide to entry requirements


does not guarantee admission. certificates class, an Open University Foundation
— Hong Kong Diploma of Secondary course or recognised Access courses,
Acceptable qualifications Education is helpful. Some courses at City have
We welcome applications from — Indian Year XII (some boards) Foundation courses that prepare you
candidates offering combinations — International Foundation courses for the first year of an undergraduate
of qualifications, most typically from a recognised provider degree: please see subject pages
‘A’ Level and BTEC. Typical offers — Iranian Pre-University for details of these courses.
will be conditional and stipulate — Malaysian Sijil Tinggi Persekolahan
certain grades to be attained — USA Advanced Placement tests. Equal opportunities
in your final year of school. All applications are considered on
Please contact the Admissions Office individual merit and in accordance
We understand the differences with any queries about University
between schools and endeavour with our equal opportunities policy.
policy on overseas qualifications. Our admissions staff will consider
not to disadvantage applicants
who have been unable to complete More details on common overseas your qualifications, background
certain qualifications that may be qualifications accepted at City can and experience and aim to
available to applicants elsewhere. be found on our website at: ensure that you are given full and
www.city.ac.uk/international equitable treatment in pursuing
We appreciate that we will be presented your chosen course of study.
with students who have a wide variety Non-standard entrants
of qualifications and subjects as part We admit students with the potential
Applicants who do not have the to succeed in higher education and
of their applications. We will ensure
standard academic requirement welcome applications from people
that applicants who demonstrate the
but who have significant life or regardless of their gender, religion,
academic potential to perform on our
work experience may be considered age, race, national origin, social
courses are given every opportunity to
on individual merit. The course background, marital or parental
meet our offer and study here.
descriptions in this prospectus status, sexual orientation or disability.
City, University of London excludes ‘A’ give you a general indication of an We are also committed to the
Levels in General Studies, Citizenship appropriate background for a course. principles of widening participation
Studies and Critical Thinking. and encourage applicants from
disadvantaged and non-conventional
academic backgrounds.

Other qualifications
If you hold a qualification that
is not listed, you should contact
the Admissions Office to find
out whether it is acceptable.

www.city.ac.uk 165
The ‘AS’ Level
UCAS We are aware that there are several
different models which a school or
college may choose when considering
The new tariff how to deliver standalone ‘AS’
Level and new linear ‘A’ Level
There is now a revised teaching. We do not want to favour
or disadvantage students on the
UCAS tariff points structure. basis of the decisions their schools
Please make sure that you or colleges make; therefore, we will
Applying to City

read the information here continue to accept ‘AS’ Levels where


and on the UCAS website, in they complement the academic profile
order to understand these of the applicant and may reduce
our ‘A’ Level offer to reflect this.
important changes.
Extended Project
The UCAS tariff allocates points to Qualification (EPQ)
various qualifications, allowing us to We recognise the growing value
make comparisons between applicants of the EPQ for preparing students
with different qualifications. for independent study. Where EPQ
In recent years, City has adopted projects are relevant to the subject
a mixed approach to entry we will accept the qualification as
requirements, with some courses part of the application on the basis
stating requirements in terms of tariff that it helps to provide a greater
points and others in terms of grades. understanding of an individual’s
From 2017/18 onwards, in order to academic potential.
remove any ambiguity and confusion Where this is the case, we will look to
for prospective students and their make an offer to an applicant which
advisers, all of our entry requirements may be lower than our advertised ‘A’
lead with an ‘A’ Level grades offer. Level entry requirements and must
We will seek to ensure that where include a pass in the EPQ.
students have the academic
potential we are looking for, we GCSE
maximise their chances of securing There has been significant recent
places to study at City. reform to the structure and content of
GCSEs. Students will now be awarded
If you receive an offer that contains a a grade from 1 to 9, with 9 being the
tariff points score, you must read the highest. Grade 4 and above will be
conditions carefully to ensure you equivalent to grade ‘C’ and above
understand what you are required to under the old system.
achieve. Some offers, for example,
may exclude certain subjects or While the new grade structure has the
units from your total score. An potential to allow for differentiation
explanation of the UCAS tariff and a between applicants in the most
full list of the qualifications it covers competitive areas, we will not use the
is available on the UCAS website. new grade 9 until we have evidence
that it would be appropriate and fair to
our future students to do so.
Please make sure you pay attention
to the new grade ‘C’ and ‘B’
equivalencies which will vary across
our courses and across universities.

Telephone enquiries
UCAS Customer Contact Centre:
+44 (0)871 468 0468

Find out more


www.ucas.com

166 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


General Certificate of Education (GCE: ‘A’ Level)

Grade Tariff points


A* 56
A 48
B 40
C 32

UCAS Tariff tables


D 24
E 16

General Certificate of Education (GCE: ‘A’ Level combinations)

Grade Tariff points


A*AA 152
AAA 144
AAB 136
ABB 128
BBB 120
BBC 112

BTEC Qualifications (QCF)

Grade Tariff points


Extended Diploma Diploma Subsidiary Diploma

D*D*D* 168
D*D*D 160
D*DD 152
DDD 144
DDM 128
DMM D*D* 112
D*D 104
MMM DD 96
MMP DM 80
MPP MM 64
D* 56
PPP MP D 48
PP M 32
P 16

‘A’ Level and BTEC combination examples

‘A’ Level grade BTEC grade Tariff points


combined
A* D*D* 168
A DD 144
B DM 120
C D*D 136
AA D* 152
BB D 128

www.city.ac.uk 167
Kaplan International College
(KIC) London
Pathways KIC London provides Foundation
to City courses for international students
which lead to entry to City, University
of London undergraduate degrees.
Foundation KIC London offers comprehensive
support including regular one-to-
courses at partner one tuition. Progression to City is
Applying to City

guaranteed if you complete your KIC


institutions London course at the required level.
www.kaplanpathways.com/colleges/
Foundation courses kaplan-international-college-london
and preparatory routes
to degree courses. City and Islington College
A foundation year for UK/EU and
We have several successful partnership international students is offered in
arrangements that offer preparatory partnership with City and Islington
courses if you are seeking entry College in Electrical, Electronic and
to undergraduate degrees. These Biomedical Engineering.
courses ensure guaranteed entry to www.candi.ac.uk/he
a specific degree at City, provided
you achieve the grades required. Westminster Kingsway College
Our partner colleges and centres are An Access/Foundation year for
close to City and offer Foundation UK/EU and international students
and preparatory courses. While is offered in partnership with
studying on these courses, you will Westminster Kingsway College which
have access to a range of student prepares you to study Engineering
services at City. Some courses are at City, University of London.
intended for students who are www.westking.ac.uk
studying in the education systems
of countries that are not recognised Additional information
for direct entry to a City degree.
Full information on entry
requirements, start dates and how to
INTO City, University of London
apply to Foundation courses can be
Together with INTO University found on the websites of our partner
Partnerships, City has established a institutions. You should usually have
purpose-built study centre in the heart achieved good grades in your own
of London’s financial district offering education system to be considered
academic preparation and English for a place on any of these courses.
language courses for international Courses also offer English language
students. As a student enrolling at preparation, either in combination
INTO City you will have full access to with academic studies or if you simply
City, University of London’s facilities. need to improve your language
Courses at INTO City are validated skills. We also recognise university
by City, University of London, preparatory courses offered by
which provides assurance of the David Game College and Bellerbys
quality and standards of teaching College. Other preparatory courses are
and learning. For more information accepted on an individual basis.
please see the opposite page.
For further information for
international students, please see
the International Students section
on page 18 of this prospectus.

Find out more


www.intohigher.com/city

168 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Students who successfully complete
the International Foundation
INTO City, programme, subject to achieving
the specified grades for progression
University of to their chosen degree, will be
guaranteed entry to the first year
London of a wide range of undergraduate
courses at City, University of London
International in one of the following subject areas:
business, management, economics,

Pathways to City Foundation courses at partner institutions


Foundation journalism, law, social sciences,
computer science, engineering and
programme mathematical sciences.

Start dates
Our International Foundation July, September and January.
programme, run in partnership Duration:
with INTO, combines academic — Four terms or approximately
twelve months
study and English language — Three terms or approximately
tuition. The programme prepares nine months.
international students for university
success and provides an ideal Entry requirements
route to undergraduate study. Completion of 12 years of schooling
(or local equivalent to meet the
same standard) with good grades.
The INTO City, University of London
study centre is located in the heart English language requirements
of London’s financial district, a  our term programme:
F
few minutes’ walk from Liverpool IELTS 5.0 (with a minimum of 4.5
Street station. The state-of-the-art in writing) or equivalent
centre provides first-class teaching
and learning facilities for over  hree term programme:
T
1,000 students. As a student on IELTS 5.5 (with a minimum of 5.0
the International Foundation in writing) or equivalent
programme you will also benefit
from full access to the University’s I f you do not meet the minimum
learning and social facilities. English language requirement
you should apply for the English
Course structure for Undergraduate Study or
Pre-Sessional English course at
If you have completed secondary INTO City, University of London
education in your home country, the
International Foundation programme Tuition fees: For the most current
provides academic preparation for first fee information, please visit the INTO
year undergraduate entry and ensures City, University of London website.
that you meet the English language
requirements for your chosen degree. How to apply
The programme combines academic Applications for the International
study, intensive English language Foundation programme should
preparation, study skills and be made directly to INTO City,
cultural orientation. There are two University of London.
broad pathways of study: To download an application form or
— Business, humanities and apply online, find out more about
social sciences the courses available and specific
— Engineering, computer science entry requirements, please visit the
and mathematics. INTO City, University of London
website: www.intohigher.com/city
There is also application for INTO
City, University of London on UCAS
for course codes CL82, G101, H100,
I100, L101, M102, N101 and P501.

www.city.ac.uk 169
Applying to City

170 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Pictured, from left: Hawaa Budraa,
BEng Biomedical Engineering
(with Placement), graduated 2015;
Gina Dorodvand, BEng Biomedical
Engineering, graduated 2015.
Hawaa and Gina co-founded
PlaqueChecker while studying at City,
a digital dental check-up in the form
of an app for mobile devices.

www.city.ac.uk 171
When to apply
The next step Your application for entry in
September 2018 should arrive at
UCAS between 1st September 2017
Applying to City and 15th January 2018. Applications
that arrive after 15th January 2018
Applications for degree courses will be considered only at City’s
discretion. When your application is
must be made through UCAS. acknowledged by UCAS, you will be
You can apply through your sent a personal identification number
Applying to City

school or college using the Apply so that you can access your records
system, which enables you to via Track on the UCAS website.
submit your application directly All dates and fees are correct at time
to the UCAS website. of print. Please check the UCAS
website for up-to-date information.
You can apply to up to five universities
on the form. Please take care to enter Terms and conditions
the correct course code, particularly A student’s time at City, University
for subjects with a Foundation year or of London will be subject to City’s
with BEng (Hons) and MEng (Hons) Terms and Conditions, which will
options. UCAS has implemented an be made available to all students
‘invisibility of choices’ policy so that, accepted onto our courses.
on the initial application and while
you are receiving decisions, each These can be found online at:
university can see only their entry www.city.ac.uk/terms
and not those of other universities
you have chosen. This ensures that
your application for a course at City is
considered solely on your academic
and personal qualities.
You should submit your completed
application form to UCAS with a £24
application fee. If you want to apply to
City, University of London only, you
can make a single choice application at
a reduced rate of £13. The UCAS code
for City, University of London is C60.

General enquiries Application


For general enquiries about For enquiries relating to your
the admissions process, please application, please visit the
contact the Admissions Office. UCAS website.

Email enquiries Telephone enquiries


ugadmissions@city.ac.uk UCAS Customer Contact Centre:
+44 (0)871 468 0468

Telephone enquiries Find out more


+44 (0) 20 7040 8716 www.ucas.com

172 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Eva Tao The next step Applying to City
Journalism BA (Hons)
First year
I have always wanted to be a war
correspondent and so journalism
was an obvious choice for me.
Journalism at City is ranked first in
London and the department has
fantastic learning resources, which
made my choice even easier. Every
day at City is a highlight for me as
we’re learning new skills all the time.
I have had internships in several
areas, including an editorial role
at the Shanghai Daily newspaper,
which gave me experience of a lot
of different aspects of journalism.

www.city.ac.uk 173
On a typical Open Day our
Northampton Square campus is
Open Days open from 10am. Current students
are on campus throughout the
in 2017 day to help you navigate your way
around and to answer any questions
See for yourself you may have about life at City.
Our Student Ambassadors also
run regular tours of the campus,
Open Days at City, University allowing you to visit our Schools
Applying to City

of London give you a chance to and libraries, the Student Centre,


experience all that we offer. CitySport and our halls of residence.
By visiting our campus in central Open Days are a great opportunity
London, talking to our current to find out more about courses that
and former students and meeting interest you. There is always a full
our academic and admissions schedule of talks on the degrees we
offer at City, led by academic staff.
staff, you can gain an insight These talks cover entry requirements,
into life at City and get advice on course content and opportunities for
applying for your chosen degree. work placements and study abroad.
Academic staff are also available
during the day, ready to answer
any questions you may have about
your studies. Additionally, talks
run by our Student Centre and our
Students’ Union cover areas from
funding your studies and options for
accommodation through to sport,
leisure and social events.
In 2017, our Open Days are on Friday
23rd June, Saturday 24th June and
Saturday 16th September. We hope to
welcome you to City then.
If you are unable to visit us on one of
our Open Days, throughout the year
we run regular, student-led campus
tours. These are held at 11am every
Tuesday and 2pm every Thursday and
can be booked online: www.city.ac.uk/
visitus. Alternatively, please look out
for the City, University of London team
at UCAS, school and college events.
For more information on Open
Days, tours and events, please visit
our website: www.city.ac.uk/visitus

Email enquiries
opendays@city.ac.uk

Telephone enquiries
+44 (0) 20 7040 3161
Open Days in 2017
will be held on:

Friday 23rd June 2017.


Find out more Saturday 24th June 2017.
www.city.ac.uk/visitus Saturday 16th September 2017.

174 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


2017
Open Days
Friday
23rd June

Open Days in 2017 See for yourself


Saturday
24th June
Saturday
16th September

www.city.ac.uk 175
Reaching City from
within London
A central London The nearest Underground stations are
location Angel and Old Street on the Northern
line (Bank branch) and Barbican and
9
Farringdon on the Metropolitan, Circle
Maps, addresses and Hammersmith & City lines.

and transport links Bus routes that pass close to City


include the following:
Applying to City

4, 19, 30, 38, 43, 55, 56, 63, 73, 153,


The address for City’s main 205, 214, 243, 274, 341, 394, 476.
University campus is:
Secure parking for bicycles is
City, University of London available on campus.
Northampton Square Parking in central London is limited
London and can be costly. There is metered
EC1V 0HB parking available on the roads
surrounding Northampton Square and
United Kingdom the nearest National Car Park is on
Pear Tree Street. Please also note that
almost all of City’s sites are within the
congestion charging zone and drivers
are liable to pay a daily charge.

Reaching City from


outside London 12
— Coach and train terminals in
London link with Underground
and bus networks.
— Rail services connect
Gatwick and Luton airports
with Farringdon station.
— The Eurostar high-speed 13
railway service terminal is
at St Pancras station.
— The Heathrow Express train
service connects Heathrow Airport
with Paddington train station.
— The Docklands Light Railway
(DLR) connects London City
Airport with Bank station.
— The Stansted Express train
service connects Stansted Airport
with Liverpool Street station.
To plan your journey to City, visit our
website at: www.city.ac.uk/visit
The Transport for London website
also provides up-to-date information
on public transport: www.tfl.gov.uk
8

176 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


1

A central London location Maps, addresses and transport links


4

7
2

Main City, University of London


11 campus sites

1 Northampton Square Campus


2 Cass Business School
3 4 Gray’s Inn Place (The City Law School)
4 CitySport
5 INTO City Centre
14
London landmarks

6 30 St Mary Axe, ‘The Gherkin’


7 The Barbican Centre
8 Houses of Parliament
10
9 St Pancras station
10 Coca-Cola London Eye
11 St Paul’s Cathedral
12 British Museum
13 Covent Garden
14 Tate Modern

Transport options

London Underground
National Rail station
Eurostar International

www.city.ac.uk 177
Camden Town

Towards: London Luton Airport


Applying to City

King’s Cross St Pancras


(Eurostar)

Alight at these stations for


Euston Angel City, University of London

Farringdon Old Street


Euston Square

Barbican

Zone 1
Liverpool Street
Russell Square
Goodge Street

Moorgate
Holborn

City Thameslink
Bank
Covent Garden

Leicester Square

Towards: Heathrow Airport 1 Towards: City Airport

City, University of London


Main Transport links

Northern line
Piccadilly line
Victoria line
Hammersmith & City line
Circle line
Metropolitan line
Docklands Light Railway
Towards: Gatwick Airport Thameslink
Crossrail (to be completed in 2018)
Stations

178 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Pictured, from left: Zeenat Shinwari,
Business Studies BSc (Hons),
second year; Nikhil Balkissur,
Investment and Financial Risk
Management BSc (Hons), third year;
Beatrice Baquiran, Business Studies
BSc (Hons), second year.

www.city.ac.uk 179
D M
Course Data Science MSci (Hons) 146 Mathematics BSc (Hons) 152
Index E
Mathematics and Finance
BSc (Hons) 154
A Economics BSc (Hons) 48 Mathematics with Finance
and Economics BSc (Hons) 156
Accounting and Finance BSc (Hons) 82 Economics with Accounting
Mechanical Engineering
Course Index

BSc (Hons) 50
Actuarial Science BSc (Hons) 84 MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons) 158
Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Adult Nursing BSc (Hons) 98 MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons) 148 Media, Communication
and Sociology BSc (Hons) 64
Aeronautical Engineering Engineering
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons) 130 MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons) 150 Mental Health Nursing
BSc (Hons) 104
English BA (Hons) 52
B Midwifery BSc (Hons) 106

Banking and International Finance 86 F Music BMus (Hons) 66


BSc (Hons) Music, Sound and Technology
Finance BSc (Hons) 90
Biomedical Engineering 134 BSc (Hons) 68
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons) Financial Economics BSc (Hons) 54
Foundation courses 168–169 O
Business Computing Systems 136
BSc (Hons) Optometry
H
Business Management courses 88 BSc (Hons) or MOptom (Hons) 108
BSc (Hons) Health and Social Care BSc (Hons) 102
P
C I
Politics BSc (Hons) 70
Child Nursing BSc (Hons) 100 International Political Economy Psychology BSc (Hons) 72
Civil Engineering 138 BSc (Hons) 56
MEng (Hons) or BEng (Hons) International Politics BSc (Hons) 58 R
Computer Science International Politics and Sociology
MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons) 140 Radiography (Diagnostic Imaging)
BSc (Hons) 60 BSc (Hons) 110
Computer Science with Cyber Investment and Financial Risk
Security MSci (Hons) 142 Radiography (Radiotherapy and
Management BSc (Hons) 92 Oncology) BSc (Hons) 112
Computer Science with
Games Technology J S
MSci (Hons) or BSc (Hons) 144
Criminology BSc (Hons) 42 Journalism BA (Hons) 62 Sociology BSc (Hons) 74
Criminology and Psychology Sociology with Psychology
L
BSc (Hons) 44 BSc (Hons) 76
Criminology and Sociology Law LLB (Hons) 122 Speech and Language Science
BSc (Hons) 46 BSc (Hons) 114
Legal Practice (Online) LLB (Hons) 124
Speech and Language Therapy
BSc (Hons) 116
Structural Engineering 160
MEng (Hons)

180 City, University of London Undergraduate Prospectus 2018/19


Request any section of this publication The origins of City, University of
London date back to 1894, when the
in an accessible format by emailing Northampton Institute was established
citypublications@city.ac.uk or to cater for the education and welfare
of the local population. The Lord Mayor
calling +44 (0) 20 7040 8631. of London is our Rector and many
For all other enquiries, please use City of London livery companies are
long-standing supporters of City.
the contact details overleaf.
The information in this prospectus is
accurate at the time of going to press
to the best of our knowledge. However,
changes can occur in the interval
between publication and the academic
year to which the prospectus relates.
Applicants should visit www.city.ac.uk for
further information, updates or changes.
Design and production
Mosaic, Brighton
Print
Linney Group
Project management
Marketing & Communications,
City, University of London
Illustrations
Vic Lee and Katherine Baxter
Photography
Laurie Griffiths
Support photography
David Oxberry, Duncan Phillips
and Tarynne Quirk
City, University of London
Northampton Square
London
EC1V 0HB
United Kingdom

Email enquiries Telephone enquiries Find out more


ugenquiries@city.ac.uk +44 (0) 20 7040 5060 www.city.ac.uk

Follow us on Follow us on Watch us on


facebook.com/ twitter.com/ youtube.com/
cityuolondon cityunilondon mycityunilondon

City, University of London is an independent member institution of the University of


London. Established by Royal Charter in 1836, the University of London consists of
18 independent member institutions with outstanding global reputations and several
prestigious central academic bodies and activities.

www.city.ac.uk

Вам также может понравиться